Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / C&F Financial Corporation

C&F Financial Corporation

cffi · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker cffi
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 545
← All annual reports
FY2006 Annual Report · C&F Financial Corporation
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
A N N U A L   R E P O R T

Celebrating 80 years of Integrity, Stability and Success

S T A B I L I T Y

C&F FINANCIAL CORPORATION is excited to report that 2006 was a year of continued 

growth and strength for the organization and its subsidiaries. We hope you will join us in 

celebrating 80 years of stability, integrity and success as you review this report.

Through the 80 years it’s been in business, C&F has had only three Presidents. We feel 

that is a true testament to the stability of the organization - past, present, and future.

J.	Marshall	Lewis,	President
January 28, 1927 – January 31, 1961

W.	T.	“Bill”	Robinson,	President
February 1, 1961 – December 1, 1989

Larry	G.	Dillon,	President
December 2, 1989 - present

I n t e g r i t y

C&F FINANCIAL CORPORATION is a 

one-bank holding company headquartered in 

West Point, Virginia, providing a full range of 

banking services to individuals and businesses 

through its subsidiaries.

•	 C&F	BANK	(Citizens	and	Farmers	Bank)	

•	 C&F	MORTGAGE	CORPORATION

•	 C&F	FINANCE	COMPANY	

•	 C&F	INVESTMENT	SERVICES,	INC.	

•	 C&F	TITLE	AGENCY,	INC.

MD

NJ

DE

OH

WV

 PA

VA

NC

KY

TN

C&F	Bank
C&F	Title
C&F	Mortgage
C&F	Investment	Services
C&F	Finance

VA

S U C C E S S

Performance measures continue to show that C&F Financial Corporation 

is a top performer in both Virginia and National Peer Group comparisons. 

Our Return on Average Assets and Return on Average Equity far surpass 

the average of our peers, as they have for many years running.

2006 REVIEW:
STR O NG  P ER FOR MANCE AN D  INVEST M EN T  I N T HE  F UT UR E

  Net Income

Earnings Per Share

  2002 

  2003 

  2004 

  2005 

  2006 

$9,765

  2002 

$2.67

$12,919

  2003 

$3.42 

$11,198

$11,788

$12,129

  2004 

  2005 

  2006 

$3.00

$3.36

$3.71

  Return on Average Equity

  Return on Average Assets

  2002 

            12.57%

     19.62% 

  2002 

             1.11%

2.19% 

  2003 

      12.09%

     21.32%

  2003 

      1.08%

2.35%

  2004 

   11.86%

     16.78%

  2004 

   1.07%

  1.91%

  2005 

        12.33%

     17.70%

  2005 

             1.11%

  1.82%

  2006 

       11.93%

        18.97%

  2006 

        1.07%

 1.75%

Peer Comparison Source: Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (FFIEC)
Bank Holding Company Performance Report – 2006 data is through 9/30.

C&F	Annual	Report	2006			|			Page			1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
Letter from the President 

Larry	G.	Dillon
Chairman,	President	and	Chief	Executive	Officer

  Once again, I am pleased to present our financial 
results for this past year as well as a brief synopsis of 
the state of your company.  As you review this report, 
you should easily see that we are no longer just a bank, 
but rather a diversified and complex financial services 
corporation.  

  Over the last decade, we have witnessed many changes 
to the banking and financial services industries, most 
notably in technology, competition and regulation.  
We have adapted to these changes and we have been 
successful.  The regulatory burden of Sarbanes-Oxley, 
Bank Secrecy Act, and other regulations has required 
extraordinary resources and management focus.  In 
addition, those committing fraud are constantly finding 
extremely imaginative ways in which to perpetrate their 
crimes.  Competition is no longer just other banking 
institutions; but rather real estate companies, credit 
unions, insurance companies and others, such as 
Wal-Mart, who are trying to enter the financial services 
arena. Technology, such as computer networks, internet 
banking, VOIP phone systems, and remote image 
capture, is making the industry more efficient and 
convenient to our customers but is costly and difficult to 
keep up with from a human standpoint.

  These are just a few of the challenges that are 
impacting the industry.  We are very fortunate to have 
the quality staff that allows us to adapt and thrive in this 
environment.  While we have had to face these issues, 
we have also been able to grow, preserve our culture, and 
maintain consistent exemplary financial performance.  

  Net income for 2006 totaled $12.1 million versus 
$11.8 million in 2005.  This resulted in a return 
on average assets of 1.75% and a return on average 
equity of 18.97% compared to 1.82% and 17.70%, 
respectively, achieved in 2005.  Our earnings also 
compare favorably with those of our peers, who as 
of September 2006, showed annualized returns on 
average assets of 1.07% and average equity of 11.93%.  
Our performance has been reflected in your investment 
as your Board of Directors increased dividends twice 
during 2006, from $.27 per quarter to $.31 per quarter, 
resulting in a 15% increase in our dividend rate.

  There are several primary reasons for the results 
of 2006.  The Bank’s earnings were expected to be 
down from 2005 as a result of the costs involved with 
the investments in our new operations center, our 
new branch locations, and a decline in the mortgage 
business. The additional costs of our new locations, 
which will affect our earnings even more significantly in 
2007, were more than offset by the recovery of past due 
interest and a reduction in our loan loss reserve resulting 
from the pay-off of the previously non-performing loans 
of one commercial customer.  In addition, the decline 
in earnings at C&F Mortgage, caused by the impact of 
higher interest rates on the real estate market, was offset 
by earnings growth at C&F Finance, resulting from 
strong loan growth and reduced charge-offs.

  We typically experience the financial burden of new 
branch openings for several years after their opening.  
Personnel and other overhead costs are not offset until 
we acquire the additional earning assets to help cover 

C&F	Annual	Report	2006			|			Page			2

    While we have had to face these issues, we have also

been able to grow, preserve our culture, and maintain

consistent exemplary financial performance.

these costs.  Opening four new offices within a 15-
month time period means that we will have to absorb 
significantly more overhead for the next several years 
than we typically do, as we have never opened that many 
new branches in such a short time-frame.  Even though 
these costs will impact our short-term profits, we expect 
these offices to be good investments for our future.

  Our new Hampton office, which opened in January 
of 2006, has a bank branch on its first floor and 
the Hampton office of C&F Finance on its second.  
Similarly, our Kiln Creek office, which opened in March 
of 2006, has a bank branch on its first floor and the 
Yorktown office of C&F Mortgage on its second floor.  
This year, 2007, we have already opened our new bank 
office on West Patterson in Richmond and expect to 
open our new Chester bank office, on Rt. 10, sometime 
in March.

  As has previously been reported, we had an 
embezzlement  at C&F Mortgage that was uncovered 
last summer involving its former controller and one of 
his assistants.  Needless to say, when two people work 
together to defraud a company, it can be difficult to 
discover.  Fortunately, our only direct loss in this matter 
was the deductible amount of our insurance policy.  
While we already had what we thought were sufficient 
controls in place, we have now enhanced them to help 
ensure that nothing like this ever happens again. The 
previous controller at C&F Mortgage has pleaded guilty 
to this crime and the U.S. Attorney’s office continues to 
pursue legal actions against his assistant.

  During 2006, not only did C&F Mortgage move its 
new Yorktown office into the new facilities mentioned 
above, it also opened new offices in Virginia Beach and 
Lynchburg.  Recruitment of new lending officers is a 
constant effort in the mortgage business and we have 
been very successful over the years.  As our Mortgage 
Corporation has grown, the appraisal, settlement, 
and title companies that we have established have also 
become very successful and have grown to be important 
segments of our income stream.

  The recent changes in the mortgage market have 
affected both C&F Mortgage and real estate lending 
at the Bank.  With the escalation in mortgage interest 
rates, we have seen a decline in the originations at the 
Mortgage Corporation, which we do not anticipate 
reversing itself any time soon.  While declining real 
estate prices have been troublesome in certain markets 
of the country, we have been fortunate in our trade 
areas that the declines have been minimal.  However, 
to be precautionary, we have taken steps to increase 
the review of all real estate loans being made and are 
reemphasizing our credit quality review process to 
protect ourselves from future potential problems.

  At C&F Finance, we have taken the last several years 
to strengthen our management and sales teams as well 
as to enhance the infrastructure of our operations.  
This past year, we were able to reap the benefits of these 
efforts by leveraging the technology that has been put 
in place and by expanding our sales markets into Ohio, 
North Carolina, Kentucky and West Virginia.  In 2006 

Continued on page 4

C&F	Annual	Report	2006			|			Page			3

we experienced a jump in average loans outstanding of 
$16.5 million and an increase in earnings of $839,000, 
proving our efforts are paying off.

  As we look to the future, the growth of fraud is an 
area of concern to us.  With the expanded utilization of 
technology over the last twenty years, those committing 
fraud are becoming more and more imaginative in their 
efforts to defraud banks, businesses, and individuals. 
In many cases, Congress has put the major responsibility 
for preventing these types of activities on the banking 
industry, which has taken that responsibility and made 
significant efforts in addressing the issue.  However, 
more has to be done and other businesses are going 
to have to take more responsibility in protecting 
consumers’ financial assets as well as the confidentiality 
of their personal information.  C&F has put significant 
effort and investment into protecting the company and 
those who put their trust in us and we will continue 
to do so.

  Although we have invested much in technology over 
the years, we must continue to make future investments 
that will help us better serve our customers and make 
us more efficient.  In the next several months, we look 
forward to significant improvements to our internet 
banking system which will provide our consumer 
customers with a more robust product that will not 
only be easier to use but will also provide them with 
more information about their finances.  In addition, we 
will be offering what we consider to be the premier bill 
payment system on the market with approximately 85% 
to 90% of all payments being made electronically. There 
will also be enhancements that will greatly improve cash 
management services for our corporate customers.  

  The directors, officers, and staff of C&F Financial 
Corporation are committed to supporting the 
communities in which we are located and demonstrate 
that support in many fashions.  Most of our officers 
are very active in various civic groups, but we also find 
involvement in other ways, often giving many hours 

1927

February	1,	Farmers	&	Mechanics	Bank	opens	for	
business.		J.	Marshall	Lewis,	President,		was	elected	
President	of	the	Virginia	Bankers	Association

Continued on page 5

1967

Bank	celebrates	40	years	of	service	
and	assets	reach	$13,339,750	

1933

Citizens	Exchange	Bank	Trust	Company	
merges	with	Farmers	and	Mechanics
Bank	to	form	Citizens	and	Farmers	Bank,	
assets	totaled	$307,733	

1961

W.T.	“Bill”	Robinson	named	President	of	Citizens	
and	Farmers	Bank	and	the	following	year	serves	as	
President	of	the	Virginia	Bankers	Association

C&F	Annual	Report	2006			|			Page			4

of our personal time.  These activities range from 
overseeing various “walkathons” to serving as a coach 
at the local high school to serving on local community 
boards.  We are very appreciative of the communities we 
serve and try to give back in ways that keep us involved 
and are helpful.

  Our philosophy at C&F is for us to be successful 
over the long-term. In order to achieve this goal, 
we have to serve and protect the interests of three 
constituencies:  our staff, who provide the backbone of 
what we do; the communities we serve, who provide our 
customers, without whom we would not exist; and our 
stockholders, who provide us financial support.  To look 
out for one above the others would lead to failure.  The 
interests of all have to be well served.  We look out for 
our staff members by trying to assure fair compensation 
and benefits packages to provide for them and their 
families; we provide them growth and educational 
opportunities; and, we are constantly challenging them 
with the changes both within the organization as well 
as the industry.  We look out for our communities by 

1995

C&F	Investment	Services,	Inc.	formed	
to	offer	investment	services	and	C&F	
Mortgage	Corporation	formed	to	offer	
extended	mortgage	services	

providing the best in products and services we possibly 
can and we give back both personally and financially in 
as many ways as possible.  And finally, we look out for 
you, our stockholders, by striving to provide the best 
returns possible.  We are ever cognizant that to remain a 
viable long-term organization we must provide you with 
a solid return on your investment.  We are not perfect, 
but we do strive for perfection in all we do.

  Our thanks and appreciation go to all of our 
constituents for helping make this organization what 
it is – a truly fine financial services corporation.  We 
thank you for your past support and continue to ask for 
your ongoing patronage as we celebrate our 80th year of 
providing financial services.

  Larry G. Dillon
  Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer  

Today

C&F	Financial	Corporation	celebrates	80	years:		
Investment	and	Banking	services	in	18	offices,	
Mortgage	services	in	8	states	and	the	Finance	
Company	in	6	states	

1989

Larry	G.	Dillon	named	President,	
Citizens	and	Farmers	Bank	

2001

Online	banking	and	bill	pay	are	introduced	
and	Larry	Dillon	is	named	President	of	the	
Virginia	Bankers	Association	

2002

C&F	Financial	Corporation	purchases	
Moore	Loans,	Inc.	(now	C&F	Finance	
Company)	specializing	in	used	
automobile	lending	

1978

First	bank	branch	established	on
14th	Street	in	West	Point	

C&F	Annual	Report	2006			|			Page			5

Directors

  a n d   O f f i c e r s

C&F   F I N A N C I A L
C O R P O R A T I O N /
C&F   B A N K
B O A R D   O F   D I R E C T O R S

J. P. Causey Jr.*+
Executive Vice President,
Secretary & General Counsel
Chesapeake Corporation

Barry R. Chernack*+
Retired Partner
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Larry G. Dillon *+
Chairman, President & CEO
C&F Financial Corporation
Citizens and Farmers Bank

Audrey D. Holmes+
Attorney-at-Law
Audrey D. Holmes, Attorney-at-Law

James H. Hudson III*+
Attorney-at-Law
Hudson & Bondurant, P.C.

Joshua H. Lawson*+
 President
Thrift Insurance Corporation

Bryan E. McKernon+
President & CEO
C&F Mortgage Corporation

William E. O’Connell Jr.*+
Chessie Professor of Business, Emeritus
The College of William and Mary

C. Elis Olsson+
Director of Operations
Martinair, Inc.

Paul C. Robinson*+
Owner & President
Francisco, Robinson & Associates, Realtors

Thomas B. Whitmore Jr.+
Retired President
Whitmore Chevrolet, Oldsmobile,
Pontiac Co., Inc.

* C&F Financial Corporation Board Member
+ C&F Bank Board Member

S A N D S T O N / V A R I N A
A D V I S O R Y   B O A R D

Robert A. Canfield
Attorney-at-Law
Canfield, Shapiro, Baer, Heller & Johnston

E. Ray Jernigan
Business Owner
Citizens Machine Shop

S. Floyd Mays
Insurance Agent/Owner
Floyd Mays Insurance

James M. Mehfoud
Pharmacist/Business Owner
Sandston Pharmacy

Robert F. Nelson Jr.
Professional Engineer
Engineering Design Associates

Reginald H. Nelson IV
Senior Partner
Colonial Acres Farm

John G. Ragsdale II
Business Owner
Sandston Cleaners

Philip T. Rutledge Jr.
Retired Deputy County Manager
County of Henrico

Sandra W. Seelmann
Real Estate Broker/Owner
Varina & Seelmann Realty

C&F   B A N K / R I C H M O N D 
B O A R D

Jeffery W. Jones
Chairman & CEO
WFofR, Incorporated

S. Craig Lane
President
Lane & Hamner, P.C.

J. Charles Link
President
C&F Bank/Richmond

William E. O’Connell Jr.
Chessie Professor of Business, Emeritus
The College of William and Mary

Meade A. Spotts
President
Spotts, Fain, P.C.

Scott E. Strickler
Treasurer
Robins Insurance Agency, Inc.

C&F   M O R T G A G E
C O R P O R A T I O N
B O A R D   O F   D I R E C T O R S

J. P. Causey Jr.
Executive Vice President,
Secretary & General Counsel
Chesapeake Corporation

Larry G. Dillon
Chairman of the Board

James H. Hudson III
Attorney-at-Law
Hudson & Bondurant, P.C.

Bryan E. McKernon
President & CEO
C&F Mortgage Corporation

William E. O’Connell Jr.
Chessie Professor of Business, Emeritus
The College of William and Mary

Paul C. Robinson
Owner & President
Francisco, Robinson & Associates, Realtors

I N D E P E N D E N T   P U B L I C
A C C O U N T A N T S

Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C.
Winchester, Virginia

C O R P O R A T E   C O U N S E L

Hudson & Bondurant, P.C.
West Point, Virginia

(Front, left to right) Audrey D. Holmes, Thomas 
B. Whitmore Jr., Bryan E. McKernon, Joshua H. 
Lawson and Paul C. Robinson (Back, left to right) 
Larry G. Dillon, William E. O’Connell Jr., Barry 
R. Chernack, C. Elis Olsson, James H. Hudson III 
and J.P. Causey Jr.

C&F	Annual	Report	2006			|			Page			6

OFFICERS

  a n d   L O c a T i O n s

O F F I C E R S   A N D   L O C A T I O N S

A d m i n i s t r a t i v e   O f f i c e 
802 Main Street
West Point, Virginia 23181
(804) 843-2360

3600 LaGrange Parkway
Toano, Virginia 23168
(757) 741-2201

Larry G. Dillon *
Chairman, President & CEO

Robert L. Bryant *
Executive Vice President & COO

Thomas F. Cherry *
Executive Vice President, CFO & Secretary

Ronald P. Espy
Senior Vice President & Senior Lending Officer

Laura H. Shreaves
Senior Vice President & 
Director of Human Resources

William J. Callaghan
Vice President, Information Technology

E. Turner Coggin
Vice President, Senior Loan Underwriter

Sandra S. Fryer
Vice President, Special Projects Leader

Deborah H. Hall
Vice President, Credit Administration

Donna M. Haviland
Director of Internal Audit

Ellen M. Howard
Vice President & Loan Operations Manager

Deborah R. Nichols
Vice President, Quality Control

Mary-Jo Rawson
Vice President & Controller

Helga H. Ridenhour
Vice President, Retail Banking

Leslie A. Scott
Vice President, Commercial Lending

Evelyn M. Townsend
Vice President, Operations

* Officers of C&F Financial Corporation

CHESTER, VIRGINIA
William C. Scott
Branch Manager

HAMPTON, VIRGINIA
Jackie W. Norman
Branch Manager

MECHANICSVILLE, VIRGINIA
Wanda N. Hassler
Vice President & Branch Manager

MIDLOTHIAN, VIRGINIA
Jesse E. Bullard
Vice President & Branch Manager

NEWPORT NEWS, VIRGINIA
Pamela A. Howard
Branch Manager

NORGE, VIRGINIA
Robert J. Unangst
Assistant Vice President & Branch Manager

PROVIDENCE FORGE, VIRGINIA
James D. W. King
Vice President & Branch Manager

QUINTON, VIRGINIA
Sandra C. St. Clair
Assistant Vice President & Branch Manager

RICHMOND, VIRGINIA
Patterson Avenue
Valerie H. Boteilho
Assistant Vice President & Branch Manager

RICHMOND, VIRGINIA
West Broad Street
Kevin L. Ford
Assistant Vice President & Branch Manager

RICHMOND, VIRGINIA
Varina
Timothy R. Martin
Assistant Vice President & Branch Manager

SALUDA, VIRGINIA
Elizabeth B. Faudree
Assistant Vice President & Branch Manager

SANDSTON, VIRGINIA
Katherine P. Buckner
Assistant Vice President & Branch Manager

WEST POINT, VIRGINIA
Main Street
Karen T. Richardson
Assistant Vice President & Branch Manager

WEST POINT, VIRGINIA
14th Street
Penny L. Wynn
Branch Manager

WILLIAMSBURG, VIRGINIA
Jamestown Road
Alec J. Nuttall
Assistant Vice President & Branch Manager

WILLIAMSBURG, VIRGINIA
Longhill Road

YORKTOWN, VIRGINIA
Jeff A. Mercer
Assistant Vice President & Branch Manager

C O N S T R U C T I O N
L E N D I N G   O F F I C E

C&F Center
1400 Alverser Drive
Midlothian, Virginia 23113
(804) 858-8351

Terrence C. Gates
Vice President, Real Estate Construction

C&F   B A N K   /   R I C H M O N D
A d m i n i s t r a t i v e   O f f i c e
C&F Center
1340 Alverser Drive
Midlothian, Virginia 23113
(804) 419-1740

J. Charles Link
President

Charles T. Nuttle
Vice President, Commercial Lending

Tracy E. Pendleton
Vice President, Commercial Lending

David L. Shaffer
Vice President, Commercial Lending

C&F   B A N K   /   P E N I N S U L A
A d m i n i s t r a t i v e   O f f i c e
City Center
11815 Fountain Way, Suite 410
698 Town Center Drive
Newport News, Virginia 23606
(757) 952-1670

Vern E. Lockwood II
President

Lorie D. Sarrett
Vice President, Commercial Lending

Bonnie S. Smith
Vice President, Real Estate Lending

C&F   I N V E S T M E N T 
S E R V I C E S ,   I N C .

A d m i n i s t r a t i v e   O f f i c e
802 Main Street
West Point, Virginia 23181
(804)843-4584 or (800) 583-3863

Eric F. Nost
President

MIDLOTHIAN, VIRGINIA
Douglas L. Hartz
Vice President

RICHMOND, VIRGINIA
Bruce D. French
Assistant Vice President

WILLIAMSBURG, VIRGINIA
Douglas L. Cash Jr.
Vice President

Continued on page 8

C&F	Annual	Report	2006		|			Page			7

OFFICERS

  a n d   L O c a T i O n s

( c O n T i n u e d )

C&F   M O R T G A G E 
C O R P O R A T I O N

A d m i n i s t r a t i v e   O f f i c e
C&F Center
1400 Alverser Drive
Midlothian, Virginia 23113
(804) 858-8300

Bryan E. McKernon
President & CEO

Mark A. Fox
Executive Vice President & COO

Donna G. Jarratt
Senior Vice President & Chief of
Branch Administration

Kevin A. McCann
Senior Vice President & CFO

Tracy L. Bishop
Vice President & Human Resources Manager

M. Kathy Burley
Vice President & Closing Manager

Susan L. Driver
Vice President & Underwriting Manager

Madeline M. Witty
Compliance Manager

CHARLOTTESVILLE, VIRGINIA
RUCKERSVILLE, VIRGINIA
William E. Hamrick
Vice President & Branch Manager
Brian K. Adams
Production Manager

CHESTER, VIRGINIA
Stephen L. Fuller
Vice President & Branch Manager

FREDERICKSBURG, VIRGINIA
CULPEPPER, VIRGINIA
Brian F. Whetzel
Branch Manager
R.W. Edmondson III
Branch Manager

HANOVER, VIRGINIA
LEXINGTON, VIRGINIA
ROANOKE, VIRGINIA
John H. Reeves III
Vice President & Manager

MIDLOTHIAN, VIRGINIA
Donald R. Jordan
Vice President & Branch Manager
Daniel J. Murphy
Vice President & Branch Manager
Susan P. Moore
Vice President & Operations Manager

RICHMOND, VIRGINIA
Page C. Yonce
Vice President & Branch Manager

VIRGINIA BEACH, VIRGINIA
Francis B. “Chip” Simkins III
Branch Manager
George Temple Jr.
Production Manager

WILLIAMSBURG, VIRGINIA
William H. Phillips
Branch Manager

YORKTOWN, VIRGINIA
Linda H. Gaskins
Vice President & Branch Manager
Mary L. Rebholz
Production Manager

EXTON, PENNSYLVANIA
MOORESTOWN, NEW JERSEY
R. Scott Wallace
Branch Manager

ANNAPOLIS, MARYLAND
William J. Regan
Vice President & Branch Manager
Jeffrey R. Schroll
Vice President & Production Manager

CROFTON, MARYLAND
Michael J. Mazzola
Senior Vice President & Maryland
Area Manager

ELLICOTT CITY, MARYLAND
Scott B. Segrist
Branch Manager
Robert G. Menton
Branch Manager

WALDORF, MARYLAND
Timothy J. Murphy
Branch Manager

CHARLOTTE, NORTH CAROLINA
Patrick B. Edmondson
Sales Manager

GASTONIA, NORTH CAROLINA
Nancy W. Poteat
Branch Manager

NEWPORT, DELAWARE
Craig I. Snyder
Branch Manager

C&F   T I T L E   A G E N C Y,   I N C .

Midlothian, Virginia
Eileen A. Cherry
Vice President & Title Insurance Underwriter

HOMETOWN SETTLEMENT
SERVICES LLC
Charlottesville, Virginia
Crofton, Maryland

CERTIFIED APPRAISALS LLC
Midlothian, Virginia
H. Daniel Salomonsky
Vice President & Appraisal Manager

C&F   F I N A N C E   C O M P A N Y

A d m i n i s t r a t i v e   O f f i c e 
4660 South Laburnum Avenue
Richmond, Virginia 23231
(804) 236-9601

S. Dustin Crone
Senior Vice President

C. Shawn Moore
Senior Vice President

Michael K. Wilson
Senior Vice President & COO

Alfred D. Hinkle
Vice President, Human Resources

NORTHERN VIRGINIA/MARYLAND 
Kevin F. Jones Jr.
Area Sales Manager

HAMPTON/VA BEACH/EASTERN 
NORTH CAROLINA 
Lisa H. Brickson
Area Sales Manager

RICHMOND, VIRGINIA
Pamela L. Austin
Area Sales Manager

ROANOKE, VIRGINIA
Livia P. Woodford
Area Sales Manager

NASHVILLE, TENNESSEE
Karen R. Hackney
Area Sales Manager

EASTERN TENNESSEE
Steven D. Croley
Area Marketing Representative

CINCINNATI/NORTHERN KENTUCKY
Michael D. Meister
Area Marketing Representative
Aaron B. Larscheid
Area Sales Manager

C&F	Annual	Report	2006			|			Page			8

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C.  20549 

FORM 10-K 

(Mark One) 
 ( X )   

Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 

or 

 (    ) 

Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934 

For the transition period from _____________to_____________ 

Commission file number 000-23423 

  C&F FINANCIAL CORPORATION 
   (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 

Virginia 

54-1680165 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

802 Main Street 
West Point, VA 23181 
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code) 

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:   (804) 843-2360 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Common Stock, $1.00 par value per share 
Title of each class 

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC 
Name of each exchange on which registered 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  
NONE 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. 

Yes (   )   No ( X ) 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.   

Yes (   )   No ( X ) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to 
file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.   Yes ( X )   No (   ) 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, 

and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by 
reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    ( X ) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer.  

See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  (Check one): 

Large accelerated filer (   ) 

Accelerated Filer ( X ) 

Non-accelerated filer (   ) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).   Yes (   )   No ( X ) 

The aggregate market value of voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 

2006 was $117,063,726. 

There were 3,188,111 shares of common stock outstanding as of February 26, 2007. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement dated March 15, 2007 to be delivered to shareholders in connection with the 

Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held April 17, 2007, are incorporated by reference in Part III of this report. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I 

ITEM 1. 

BUSINESS ............................................................................................................................... page   1 

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS ...................................................................................................................... page 11 

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS ................................................................................. page 13 

ITEM 2. 

PROPERTIES .......................................................................................................................... page 14 

ITEM 3. 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS ....................................................................................................... page 15 

ITEM 4. 

SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS .......................... page 15 

PART II 

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED 

  STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF 
  EQUITY SECURITIES ........................................................................................................ page 16 

ITEM 6. 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.......................................................................................... page 17 

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF 

  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS ................................. page 18 

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES 

  ABOUT MARKET RISK ...................................................................................................  page 49 

ITEM 8 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA..................................... page 52 

ITEM 9. 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS 
  ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE............................................... page 84 

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES ...................................................................................... page 84 

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION...................................................................................................... page 85 

PART III 

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS,  EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE............. page 86 

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.......................................................................................... page 86 

ITEM 12. 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND 
  MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS ............................... page 87 

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND 

  DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE ......................................................................................... page 88 

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES ...................................................... page 88 

PART IV 

ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES ..................................................... page 89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART I 

ITEM 1. 

BUSINESS 

General 

C&F  Financial  Corporation (the Corporation) is a bank holding company that was incorporated in March 
1994 under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia.  The Corporation owns all of the stock of its sole operating 
subsidiary,  C&F  Bank  (Citizens  and  Farmers  Bank,  or  the  Bank),  which  is  an  independent  commercial  bank 
chartered  under  the  laws  of  the  Commonwealth  of  Virginia.    The  Bank  originally  opened  for  business  under  the 
name  Farmers  and  Mechanics  Bank  on  January  22,  1927.    The  Bank  has  the  following  five  wholly-owned 
subsidiaries, all incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia: 

•  C&F  Mortgage  Corporation  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  Hometown  Settlement  Services  LLC, 

Certified Appraisals LLC, Foundation Home Mortgage and C&F Reinsurance LTD 

•  C&F Finance Company 
•  C&F Investment Services, Inc. 
•  C&F Insurance Services, Inc.  
•  C&F Title Agency, Inc. 

The Corporation operates in a decentralized manner in three principal business activities: (1) retail banking 
through  C&F Bank, (2) mortgage banking through C&F Mortgage Corporation and (3) consumer finance through 
C&F  Finance  Company.    The  following  general  business  discussion  focuses  on  the  activities  within  each  of  these 
segments. 

In addition, the Corporation conducts brokerage activities through C&F Investment Services, Inc., insurance 
activities  through  C&F  Insurance  Services,  Inc.  and  title  insurance  services  through  C&F  Title  Agency,  Inc.    The 
financial position and operating results of any one of these subsidiaries are not significant to the Corporation as a 
whole and are not considered principal activities of the Corporation at this time. 

The Corporation also owns C&F Financial Statutory Trust I, a non-operating subsidiary that was formed in 
July 2005 for the purpose of issuing $10.0 million of trust preferred capital securities in a private placement to an 
institutional investor.  The Trust is an unconsolidated subsidiary of the Corporation and its principal asset is $10.3 
million  of  the  Corporation’s  junior  subordinated  debt  securities  (referred  to  herein  as  “trust  preferred  capital 
notes,”) that are reported as a liability of the Corporation.  

Retail Banking 

We  provide  retail  banking  services  at  the  Bank’s  main  office  in  West  Point,  Virginia,  and  17  Virginia 
branches  located  one  each  in  Chester,  Hampton,  Mechanicsville,  Midlothian,  Newport  News,  Norge,  Providence 
Forge, Quinton, Saluda, Sandston, West Point, Yorktown, two each in Williamsburg and three each in Richmond.  
These  branches  provide  a  wide  range  of  banking  services  to  individuals  and  businesses.    These  services  include 
various  types  of  checking  and  savings  deposit  accounts,  as  well  as  business,  real  estate,  development,  mortgage, 
home equity and installment loans.  The Bank also offers ATMs, internet banking, credit card and trust services, as 
well as travelers’ checks, safe deposit box rentals, collection, notary public, wire service and other customary bank 
services to its customers.  Revenues from retail banking operations consist primarily of interest earned on loans and 
investment  securities  and  fees  related  to  deposit  services.    At  December  31,  2006,  assets  of  the  Retail  Banking 
segment totaled $591.6 million. For the year ended December 31, 2006, income before income taxes for this segment 
totaled $8.7 million. 

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage Banking 

We conduct mortgage banking activities through C&F Mortgage, which was organized in September 1995.  
C&F Mortgage provides mortgage loan origination services through 12 locations in Virginia, four in Maryland, two 
in  North  Carolina  and  one  each  in  Newport,  Delaware;  Moorestown,  New  Jersey;  and  Exton,  Pennsylvania.    The 
Virginia  offices  are  located  one  each  in  Charlottesville,  Chester,  Fredericksburg,  Hanover,  Lexington,  Lynchburg, 
Midlothian, Richmond, Roanoke, Virginia Beach, Williamsburg, and Yorktown.  The Maryland offices are located in 
Annapolis,  Clarksville,  Crofton  and  Waldorf.    The  North  Carolina  offices  are  located  in  Charlotte  and  Gastonia.  
C&F  Mortgage  offers  a  wide  variety  of  residential  mortgage  loans,  which  are  originated  for  sale  to  numerous 
investors.    C&F  Mortgage  does  not  securitize  loans.    Purchasers  of  loans  include,  but  are  not  limited  to, 
Citimortgage, Inc.; Countrywide Home Loans, Inc.; Franklin American Mortgage Company; the Virginia Housing 
Development Authority; and Wells Fargo Home Mortgage.  The Bank also purchases lot and permanent loans and 
home equity lines of credit from C&F Mortgage.  C&F Mortgage originates conventional mortgage loans, mortgage 
loans  insured  by  the  Federal  Housing  Administration  (the  FHA),  mortgage  loans  partially  guaranteed  by  the 
Veterans  Administration  (the  VA)  and  home  equity  loans.    A  majority  of  the  conventional  loans  are  conforming 
loans  that  qualify  for  purchase  by  the  Federal  National  Mortgage  Association  (Fannie  Mae)  or  the  Federal  Home 
Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac).  The remainder of the conventional loans are non-conforming loans that 
do not meet Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac guidelines.  Through its subsidiaries, C&F Mortgage also provides ancillary 
mortgage loan origination services for loan settlement and residential appraisals.  Revenues from mortgage banking 
operations  consist  principally  of  gains  on  sales  of  loans  in  the  secondary  mortgage  market,  loan  origination  fee 
income and interest earned on mortgage loans held for sale.  At December 31, 2006, assets of the Mortgage Banking 
segment totaled $60.0 million. For the year ended December 31, 2006, income before income taxes for this segment 
totaled $3.8 million. 

Consumer Finance 

We  conduct  consumer  finance  activities  through  C&F  Finance,  which  the  Bank  acquired  on  September  1, 
2002.  C&F Finance is a regional finance company providing automobile loans throughout Virginia and in portions 
of Kentucky, Maryland, North Carolina, Ohio, Tennessee and West Virginia.  C&F Finance is an indirect lender that 
provides automobile financing through lending programs that are designed to serve customers in the “non-prime” 
market who have limited access to traditional automobile financing.  C&F Finance generally purchases installment 
contracts  from  manufacturer-franchised  dealerships  with  used-car  operations  and  through  selected  independent 
dealerships.    C&F  Finance  selects  these  dealers  based  on  the  types  of  vehicles  sold.    Specifically,  C&F  Finance 
prefers  to  finance  later  model,  low  mileage  used  vehicles  and  moderately  priced  new  vehicles.    C&F  Finance’s 
typical borrowers have experienced prior credit difficulties.  Because C&F Finance serves customers who are unable 
to  meet  the  credit  standards  imposed  by  most  traditional  automobile  financing  sources,  C&F  Finance  typically 
charges  interest  at  higher  rates  than  those  charged  by  traditional  financing  sources.    As  C&F  Finance  provides 
financing  in  a  relatively  high-risk  market,  it  expects  to  experience  a  higher  level  of  credit  losses  than  traditional 
automobile financing sources.  Revenues from consumer finance operations consist principally of interest earned on 
automobile loans.  At December 31, 2006, assets of the Consumer Finance segment totaled $140.0 million.  For the 
year ended December 31, 2006, income before income taxes for this segment totaled $5.0 million. 

Employees 

At  December  31,  2006,  we employed 501 full-time equivalent employees.  We consider relations with our 

employees to be excellent. 

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Competition 

Retail Banking 

In  the  Bank’s  market  area,  we  compete  with  large  national  and  regional  financial  institutions,  savings 
associations and other independent community banks, as well as credit unions, mutual funds, brokerage firms and 
insurance companies.  Increased competition has come from out-of-state banks through their acquisition of Virginia-
based banks. 

The  banking  business  in  Virginia,  and  in  the  Bank’s  primary  service  area  in  the  Hampton  to  Richmond 
corridor, is highly competitive for both loans and deposits, and is dominated by a relatively small number of large 
banks with many offices operating over a wide geographic area.  Among the advantages such large banks have over 
us are their ability to finance wide-ranging advertising campaigns and, by virtue of their greater total capitalization, 
to have substantially higher lending limits than the Bank.  

Factors  such  as  interest  rates  offered,  the  number  and  location  of  branches  and  the  types  of  products 
offered,  as  well  as  the  reputation  of  the  institution  affect  competition  for  deposits  and  loans.    We  compete  by 
emphasizing  customer  service  and  technology;  establishing  long-term  customer  relationships;  building  customer 
loyalty; and providing products and services to address the specific needs of our customers.  Through the Bank, we 
target individual and small-to-medium size business customers. 

No material part of the Bank’s business is dependent upon a single or a few customers, and the loss of any 

single customer would not have a materially adverse effect upon the Bank’s business. 

Mortgage Banking 

In recent years, several factors have caused rapid consolidation in the mortgage lending industry.  First, the 
continuing  evolution  of  the  secondary  mortgage  market  has  led  to  more  commodity-like  mortgages.    Second, 
increased  regulation  imposed  on  the  industry  has  resulted  in  significant  costs  and  the  need  for  higher  levels  of 
specialization.  Third, over the last decade interest rate volatility has risen markedly and resulted in an increase in 
mortgagors’  propensity  to  refinance  their  mortgages.    The  combined  result  of  these  three  factors,  together  with 
fluctuations in new home construction and sales, has been relatively large swings in the volume of loans originated 
from year to year and dramatically increased complexity in the business.  To operate profitably in this environment, 
lenders must have a high level of operational and risk management skills, as well as technological expertise. 

As a result, large, sophisticated financial institutions, primarily commercial banks through their mortgage 
banking subsidiaries, currently dominate the mortgage industry.  Our mortgage subsidiary competes by offering a 
wide  selection  of  products;  providing  consistently  high  quality  customer  service;  and  pricing  its  products  at 
competitive rates. 

No material part of C&F Mortgage’s business is dependent upon a single or a few customers or investors, 
and the loss of any single customer or investor would not have a materially adverse effect upon C&F Mortgage’s 
business. 

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer Finance 

The non-prime automobile finance business is highly competitive.  The automobile finance market is highly 
fragmented  and  is  served  by  a  variety  of  financial  entities,  including  the  captive  finance  affiliates  of  major 
automotive manufacturers, banks, savings associations, credit unions and independent finance companies.  Many of 
these  competitors  have  substantially  greater  financial  resources  and  lower  costs  of  funds  than  our  finance 
subsidiary.    In  addition,  competitors  often  provide  financing  on  terms  that  are  more  favorable  to  automobile 
purchasers  or  dealers  than  the  terms  C&F  Finance  offers.    Many  of  these  competitors  also  have  long-standing 
relationships  with  automobile  dealerships  and  may  offer  dealerships  or  their  customers  other  forms  of  financing, 
including dealer floor plan financing and leasing, which we do not. 

Providers  of  automobile  financing  traditionally  have  competed  on  the  basis  of  interest  rates  charged,  the 
quality  of  credit  accepted,  the  flexibility  of  loan  terms  offered  and  the  quality  of  service  provided  to  dealers  and 
customers.  To establish C&F Finance as one of the principal financing sources at the dealers it serves, we compete 
predominately through a high level of dealer service, strong dealer relationships and by offering flexible loan terms. 

No material part of C&F Finance’s business is dependent upon any single dealer relationship, and the loss 

of any single dealer relationship would not have a materially adverse effect upon C&F Finance’s business. 

Regulation and Supervision 

General 

Bank  holding  companies  and  banks  are  extensively  regulated  under  both  federal  and  state  law.    The 

following summary briefly describes the more significant provisions of applicable federal and state laws and certain 

regulations  and  the  potential  impact  of  such  provisions  on  the  Corporation  and  the  Bank.    This  summary  is  not 

complete, and we refer you to the particular statutory or regulatory provisions or proposals for more information.  

Because  federal  regulation  of  financial  institutions  changes  regularly  and  is  the  subject  of  constant  legislative 

debate, we cannot forecast how federal regulation of financial institutions may change in the future and impact the 

Corporation’s and the Bank’s operations. 

Regulation of the Corporation 

The  Corporation  must  file  annual,  quarterly  and  other  periodic  reports  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange 

Commission (the SEC).  The Corporation is directly affected by the corporate responsibility and accounting reform 

legislation signed into law on July 30, 2002, known as the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the SOX Act), and the related 

rules and regulations.  The SOX Act includes provisions that, among other things:  (1) require that periodic reports 

containing  financial  statements  that  are  filed  with  the  SEC  be  accompanied  by  chief  executive  officer  and  chief 

financial  officer  certifications  as  to  their  accuracy  and  compliance  with  law;  (2)  prohibit  public  companies,  with 

certain  limited  exceptions,  from  making  personal  loans  to  their  directors  or  executive  officers;  (3)  require  chief 

executive  officers  and  chief  financial  officers  to  forfeit  bonuses  and  profits  if  company  financial  statements  are 

restated due to misconduct; (4) require audit committees to pre-approve all audit and non-audit services provided 

by an issuer’s outside auditors, except for de minimis non-audit services; (5) protect employees of public companies 

who assist in investigations relating to violations of the federal securities laws from job discrimination; (6) require 

companies to disclose in plain English on a “rapid and current basis” material changes in their financial condition or 

operations, as well as certain other specified information; (7) require a public company’s Section 16 insiders to make 

Form  4  filings  with  the  SEC  within  two  business  days  following  the  day  on  which  purchases  or  sales  of  the 

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
company’s  equity  securities  were  made;  and  (8)  increase  penalties  for  existing  crimes  and  create  new  criminal 

offenses.    While  the  Corporation  has  incurred  additional  expenses  and  we  expect  to  continue  to  incur  additional 

expenses in complying with the requirements of the SOX Act and related regulations adopted by the SEC and the 

Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, we anticipate that those expenses will not have a material effect on 

the Corporation’s results of operations or financial condition. 

The Corporation is also subject to regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the 

Federal Reserve Board).  The Federal Reserve Board has jurisdiction to approve any bank or non-bank acquisition, 

merger  or  consolidation  proposed  by  a  bank  holding  company.    The  Bank  Holding  Company  Act  of  1956  (the 

BHCA) generally limits the activities of a bank holding company and its subsidiaries to that of banking, managing 

or controlling banks, or any other activity that is closely related to banking or to managing or controlling banks.   

Since  September  1995,  the  BHCA has permitted bank holding companies from any state to acquire banks 

and bank holding companies located in any other state, subject to certain conditions, including nationwide and state 

imposed concentration limits.  Banks also are able to branch across state lines, provided certain conditions are met, 

including that applicable state laws expressly permit such interstate branching.  Virginia permits branching across 

state lines, provided there is reciprocity with the state in which the out-of-state bank is based. 

Federal  law  and  regulatory  policy  impose  a  number  of  obligations  and  restrictions  on  bank  holding 

companies  and  their  depository  institution  subsidiaries  to reduce potential loss exposure to the depositors and to 

the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  (the  FDIC)  insurance  funds.    For  example,  a  bank  holding  company 

must commit resources to support its subsidiary depository institutions.  In addition, insured depository institutions 

under  common  control  must  reimburse  the  FDIC  for  any  loss  suffered  or  reasonably  anticipated  by  the  Deposit 

Insurance Fund (DIF) as a result of the default of a commonly controlled insured depository institution.  The FDIC 

may decline to enforce the provisions if it determines that a waiver is in the best interest of the DIF.  An FDIC claim 

for damage is superior to claims of stockholders of an insured depository institution or its holding company but is 

subordinate to claims of depositors, secured creditors and holders of subordinated debt, other than affiliates, of the 

commonly controlled insured depository institution. 

The Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the FDIA) provides that amounts received from the liquidation or other 

resolution  of  any  insured  depository  institution  must  be  distributed,  after  payment  of  secured  claims,  to  pay  the 

deposit  liabilities  of  the  institution  before  payment  of  any  other  general  creditor  or  stockholder.    This  provision 

would  give  depositors  a  preference  over  general  and  subordinated  creditors  and  stockholders  if  a  receiver  is 

appointed to distribute the assets of the Bank.   

The  Corporation  also  is  subject  to  regulation  and  supervision  by  the  State  Corporation  Commission  of 

Virginia.   

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital Requirements 

The Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC have issued substantially similar risk-based and leverage capital 

guidelines applicable to banking organizations they supervise.  Under the risk-based capital requirements of these 

federal bank regulatory agencies, the Corporation and the Bank are required to maintain a minimum ratio of total 

capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8 percent and a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 

at least 4 percent.  At least half of the total capital must be Tier 1 capital, which includes common equity, retained 

earnings  and  qualifying perpetual preferred stock, less certain intangibles and other adjustments.  The remainder 

may consist of Tier 2 capital, such as a limited amount of subordinated and other qualifying debt (including certain 

hybrid  capital  instruments),  other  qualifying  preferred  stock  and  a  limited  amount  of  the  general  loan  loss 

allowance.  At December 31, 2006, the total capital to risk-weighted asset ratio of the Corporation was 12.6 percent 

and the ratio of the Bank was 13.0 percent.   At December 31, 2006, the Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted asset ratio was 

11.3 percent for the Corporation and 11.8 percent for the Bank. 

In  addition,  each  of  the  federal  regulatory  agencies  has  established  leverage  capital  ratio  guidelines  for 

banking  organizations.    These  guidelines  provide  for  a  minimum  Tier  l  leverage  ratio  of  4  percent  for  banks  and 

bank holding companies.  At December 31, 2006, the Tier l leverage ratio was 9.6 percent for the Corporation and 

9.9 percent for the Bank.  The guidelines also provide that banking organizations experiencing internal growth or 

making acquisitions must maintain capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels, without 

significant reliance on intangible assets. 

Limits on Dividends 

The Corporation is a legal entity, separate and distinct from the Bank.  A significant portion of the revenues 

of the Corporation result from dividends paid to it by the Bank.  Both the Corporation and the Bank are subject to 

laws  and  regulations  that  limit  the  payment  of dividends, including requirements to maintain capital at or above 

regulatory minimums.  Banking regulators have indicated that Virginia banking organizations should generally pay 

dividends only (1) from net undivided profits of the bank, after providing for all expenses, losses, interest and taxes 

accrued  or  due  by  the  bank  and  only  (2)  if  the  prospective  rate  of  earnings  retention  appears  consistent  with  the 

organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition.  In addition, the FDIA prohibits insured 

depository institutions such as the Bank from making capital distributions, including the payment of dividends, if, 

after making such distribution, the institution would become undercapitalized as defined in the statute. 

We  do  not  expect  that  any  of  these  laws,  regulations  or  policies  will  materially  affect  the  ability  of  the 

Corporation  or  the  Bank  to  pay  dividends.    During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2006,  the  Bank  declared  $4.0 

million in dividends payable to the Corporation, and the Corporation declared $3.7 million in dividends payable to 

shareholders. 

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Regulation of the Bank and Other Subsidiaries 

The  Bank  is  subject  to  supervision,  regulation  and  examination  by  the  Virginia  State  Corporation 

Commission Bureau of Financial Institutions (VBFI) and the FDIC.  The various laws and regulations administered 

by the regulatory agencies affect corporate practices, such as the payment of dividends, the incurrence of debt and 

the acquisition of financial institutions and other companies, and affect business practices, such as the payment of 

interest on deposits, the charging of interest on loans, the types of business conducted and the location of offices. 

FDIA and Associated Regulations.  Section 36 of the FDIA and associated regulations require management of 

every insured depository institution with total assets between $500 million and $1 billion at the beginning of a fiscal 

year to obtain an annual audit of its financial statements by an independent public accountant, report to the banking 

agencies  on  the  institution’s  compliance  with  designated  laws  and  regulations  and  establish  an  audit  committee 

comprised of outside directors, a majority of whom must be independent of management.  The Bank is subject to 

the annual audit, reporting and audit committee requirements of Section 36 of the FDIA. 

Community Reinvestment Act.  The Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) imposes on financial institutions an 

affirmative  and  ongoing  obligation  to  meet  the  credit  needs  of  their  local  communities,  including  low  and 

moderate-income  neighborhoods,  consistent  with  the  safe  and  sound  operation  of  those  institutions.    A  financial 

institution’s  efforts  in  meeting  community  credit  needs  are  assessed  based  on  12  factors.    These  factors  also  are 

considered in evaluating mergers, acquisitions and applications to open a branch or facility.  Following the Bank’s 

most  recent  scheduled  compliance  examination  in  July  2006,  it  received  a  CRA  performance  evaluation  of 

“satisfactory.” 

Insurance  of  Accounts,  Assessments  and  Regulation  by  the  FDIC.    The  Bank’s  deposits  are  insured  up  to 

applicable  limits  by  the  DIF  of  the  FDIC.    The  DIF  is  the  successor  to  the  Bank  Insurance  Fund  and  the  Savings 

Association  Insurance  Fund,  which  were  merged  in  2006.    The  FDIC  recently  amended  its  risk-based  assessment 

system  for  2007  to  implement  authority  granted  by  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Reform  Act  of  2005  (FDIRA).  

Under  the  revised  system,  insured  institutions  are  assigned  to  one  of  four  risk  categories  based  on  supervisory 

evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other factors.  An institution’s assessment rate depends upon the 

category  to  which  it  is  assigned.    Unlike  the  other  categories,  Risk  Category  I,  which  contains  the  least  risky 

depository  institutions,  contains  further  risk  differentiation  based  on  the  FDIC’s  analysis  of  financial  ratios, 

examination component ratings and other information.  Assessment rates are determined by the FDIC and currently 

range from five to seven basis points for the healthiest institutions (Risk Category I) to 43 basis points of assessable 

deposits  for  the  riskiest  (Risk  Category  IV).    The  FDIC  may  adjust  rates  uniformly  from  one  quarter  to  the  next, 

except that no single adjustment can exceed three basis points. 

FDIRA  also  provided  for  a  one-time  credit  for  eligible  institutions  based  on  their  assessment  base  as  of 

December 31, 1996.  Subject to certain limitations with respect to institutions that are exhibiting weaknesses, credits 

can be used to offset assessments until exhausted.  The Bank’s one-time credit is expected to approximate $298,000.  

FDIRA also provided for the possibility that the FDIC may pay dividends to insured institutions if the DIF reserve 

ratio equals or exceeds 1.35 percent of estimated insured deposits. 

Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  of  Atlanta.    The  Bank  is  a  member  of  the  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  (FHLB)  of 

Atlanta, which is one of 12 regional FHLBs that provide funding to their members for making housing loans as well 

as for affordable housing and community development loans.  Each FHLB serves as a reserve, or central bank, for 

the  members  within  its  assigned  region.    Each  is  funded  primarily  from  proceeds  derived  from  the  sale  of 

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
consolidated obligations of the FHLB System.  Each FHLB makes loans to members in accordance with policies and 

procedures established by the Board of Directors of the FHLB.  As a member, the Bank must purchase and maintain 

stock in the FHLB.  In 2004, the FHLB converted to its new capital structure, which established the minimum capital 

stock requirement for member banks as an amount equal to the sum of a membership requirement and an activity-

based requirement.  At December 31, 2006, the Bank owned $2.1 million of FHLB stock. 

USA  Patriot  Act.    The  USA  Patriot  Act,  which  became  effective  on  October  26,  2001,  amends  the  Bank 

Secrecy Act and is intended to facilitate information sharing among governmental entities and financial institutions 

for  the  purpose  of  combating  terrorism  and  money  laundering.    Among  other  provisions,  the  USA  Patriot  Act 

permits  financial  institutions,  upon  providing  notice  to  the  United  States  Department  of  the  Treasury  (Treasury 

Department), to share information with one another in order to better identify and report to the federal government 

activities  that  may  involve  money  laundering  or  terrorists’  activities.    The  USA  Patriot  Act  is  considered  a 

significant  banking  law  in  terms  of  information  disclosure  regarding  certain  customer  transactions.    Certain 

provisions of the USA Patriot Act impose the obligation to establish anti-money laundering programs, including the 

development of a customer identification program, and the screening of all customers against any government lists 

of known or suspected terrorists.  Although it does create a reporting obligation and there is a cost of compliance, 

the USA Patriot Act does not materially affect the Bank’s products, services or other business activities. 

Reporting  Terrorist  Activities.    The  Federal  Bureau  of  Investigation  (FBI)  has  sent,  and  will  send,  banking 

regulatory agencies lists of the names of persons suspected of involvement in terrorist activities.  The Bank has been 

requested, and will be requested, to search its records for any relationships or transactions with persons on those 

lists.  If the Bank finds any relationships or transactions, it must file a suspicious activity report with the Treasury 

Department and contact the FBI. 

The Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC), which is a division of the Treasury Department, is responsible 

for helping to insure that United States entities do not engage in transactions with “enemies” of the United States, as 

defined  by  various  Executive  Orders  and  Acts  of  Congress.    OFAC  has  sent,  and  will  send,  banking  regulatory 

agencies lists of names of persons and organizations suspected of aiding, harboring or engaging in terrorist acts.  If 

the  Bank  finds  a  name  on  any  transaction,  account  or  wire  transfer  that  is  on  an  OFAC  list,  it  must  freeze  such 

account, file a suspicious activity report with the Treasury Department and notify the FBI.  The Bank has appointed 

an OFAC compliance officer to oversee the inspection of its accounts and the filing of any notifications.  The Bank 

actively checks high-risk areas such as new accounts, wire transfers and customer files.  The Bank performs these 

checks  utilizing  software  that  is  updated  each  time  a  modification  is  made  to  the  lists  of  Specially  Designated 

Nationals and Blocked Persons provided by OFAC and other agencies. 

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage  Banking  Regulation.    In  addition to certain of the Bank’s regulations, the Corporation’s Mortgage 

Banking  segment  is  subject  to  the  rules  and  regulations  of,  and  examination  by  the  Department  of  Housing  and 

Urban  Development  (HUD),  the  FHA,  the  VA  and  state  regulatory  authorities  with  respect  to  originating, 

processing  and  selling  mortgage  loans.    Those  rules  and  regulations,  among  other  things,  establish  standards  for 

loan origination, prohibit discrimination, provide for inspections and appraisals of property, require credit reports 

on prospective borrowers and, in some cases, restrict certain loan features and fix maximum interest rates and fees.  

In  addition  to  other federal laws, mortgage origination activities are subject to the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, 

Truth-in-Lending  Act,  Home  Mortgage  Disclosure  Act,  Real  Estate  Settlement  Procedures  Act,  and  Home 

Ownership  Equity  Protection  Act,  and  the  regulations  promulgated  under  these  acts.    These  laws  prohibit 

discrimination,  require  the disclosure of certain basic information to mortgagors concerning credit and settlement 

costs,  limit  payment  for  settlement  services  to  the  reasonable  value  of  the  services  rendered  and  require  the 

maintenance  and  disclosure  of  information  regarding  the  disposition  of  mortgage  applications  based  on  race, 

gender, geographical distribution and income level. 

Consumer Financing Regulation.  The Corporation’s Consumer Finance segment also is regulated by the VBFI.  

The VBFI regulates and enforces laws relating to consumer lenders and sales finance agencies such as C&F Finance.  

Such  rules  and  regulations  generally  provide  for  licensing  of  sales  finance  agencies;  limitations  on  amounts, 

duration  and  charges,  including  interest  rates,  for  various  categories  of  loans;  requirements  as  to  the  form  and 

content of finance contracts and other documentation; and restrictions on collection practices and creditors’ rights. 

Consumer Protection.  The Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003, which amended the Fair Credit 

Reporting  Act,  requires  financial  institutions  to  implement  policies  and  procedures  that  track  identity  theft 

incidents;  provide  identity-theft  victims  with  evidence  of  fraudulent  transactions  upon  request;  block  from 

reporting  to  consumer  reporting  agencies  credit  information  resulting  from  identity  theft;  notify  customers  of 

adverse  information  concerning  the  customer  in  consumer  reporting  agency  reports;  and  notify  customers  when 

reporting negative information concerning the customer to a consumer reporting agency. 

Other Safety and Soundness Regulations 

Prompt  Correction  Action.    The  federal  banking  agencies  have  broad  powers  under  current  federal  law  to 

take  prompt  corrective  action  to  resolve  problems  of  insured  depository  institutions.    The  extent  of  these  powers 

depends  upon  whether 

the 

institution 

in  question 

is  “well  capitalized,”  “adequately  capitalized,” 

“undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” or “critically undercapitalized.” These terms are defined under 

uniform  regulations  issued  by  each  of  the  federal  banking  agencies  regulating  these  institutions.    An  insured 

depository institution which is less than adequately capitalized must adopt an acceptable capital restoration plan, is 

subject to increased regulatory oversight and is increasingly restricted in the scope of its permissible activities.  As 

of December 31, 2006, the Bank was considered “well capitalized.” 

Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act (Check 21).  Check 21 gives “substitute checks,” such as a digital image 

of  a  check  and  copies  made  from  that  image,  the  same  legal  standing  as  the  original  paper  check.    The  major 

provisions  of  Check  21  include:    allowing  check  truncation  without  making  it  mandatory;  demanding  that  every 

financial  institution  communicate  to  account  holders  in  writing  a  description  of  its  substitute  check  processing 

program  and  their  rights  under  the  law;  legalizing  substitutions  for  and  replacements  of  paper  checks  without 

agreement  from  consumers;  retaining  in  place  the  previously-mandated  electronic collection and return of checks 

between financial institutions only when individual agreements are in place; requiring that when account holders 

request  verification,  financial  institutions  produce  the  original  check  (or  a  copy  that  accurately  represents  the 

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
original) and demonstrate that the account debit was accurate and valid; and requiring recrediting of funds to an 

individual’s account on the next business day after a consumer proves that the financial institution has erred.  This 

legislation  will  likely  affect  capital  spending  as  many  financial  institutions  assess  whether  technological  or 

operational  changes  are  necessary  to  stay  competitive  and  take  advantage  of  the  new  opportunities  presented by 

Check 21. 

Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (GLBA).  The GLBA implemented major changes to the statutory framework 

for providing banking and other financial services in the United States.  The GLBA, among other things, eliminated 

many of the restrictions on affiliations among banks and securities firms, insurance firms and other financial service 

providers.    A  bank  holding  company  that  qualifies  and  elects  to  be  a  financial  holding  company  is  permitted  to 

engage  in  activities  that  are  financial  in  nature  or  incident  or complimentary to financial activities.  The activities 

that the GLBA expressly lists as financial in nature include insurance underwriting, sales and brokerage activities, 

financial and investment advisory services, underwriting services and limited merchant banking activities. 

To  become  eligible  for  these  expanded  activities,  a  bank  holding  company  must  qualify  as  a  financial 

holding company.  To qualify as a financial holding company, each insured depository institution controlled by the 

bank  holding  company  must  be  well-capitalized,  well-managed  and  have  at  least  a  satisfactory  rating  under  the 

CRA.    In  addition,  the  bank  holding  company  must  file  with  the  Federal  Reserve  a  declaration  of  its  intention  to 

become a financial holding company.  While the Corporation satisfies these requirements, the Corporation has not 

elected to be treated as a financial holding company under the GLBA. 

The  GLBA  has  not  had  a  material  adverse  impact  on  the  Corporation’s  or  the  Bank’s  operations.    To  the 

extent  that  it  allows  banks,  securities  firms  and  insurance  firms  to  affiliate,  the  financial  services  industry  may 

experience further consolidation.  The GLBA may have the result of increasing competition that we face from larger 

institutions and other companies that offer financial products and services and that may have substantially greater 

financial resources than the Corporation or the Bank. 

The GLBA and certain regulations issued by federal banking agencies also provide protections against the 

transfer and use by financial institutions of consumer nonpublic personal information.  A financial institution must 

provide  to  its  customers,  at  the  beginning  of  the  customer  relationship  and  annually  thereafter,  the  institution’s 

policies  and  procedures  regarding  the  handling  of  customers’  nonpublic  personal  financial  information.    These 

privacy  provisions  generally  prohibit  a  financial  institution  from  providing  a  customer’s  personal  financial 

information to unaffiliated third parties unless the institution discloses to the customer that the information may be 

so provided and the customer is given the opportunity to opt out of such disclosure.   

Available Information 

The Corporation’s SEC filings are filed electronically and are available to the public over the Internet at the 

SEC’s  web  site  at  http://www.sec.gov.  In addition, any document filed by the Corporation with the SEC can be 

read and copied at the SEC’s public reference facilities at 100 F Street, N.E., Room  1580, Washington, D.C. 20549.  

Copies of documents can be obtained at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 

F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.  The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference 

Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.  The Corporation’s SEC filings also are available through our web site 

at http://www.cffc.com as of the day they are filed with the SEC.  Copies of documents also can be obtained free of 

charge by writing to the Corporation’s secretary at P.O. Box 391, West Point, VA 23181 or by calling 804-843-2360. 

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS 

We  are  subject  to  interest  rate  risk  and  fluctuations  in  interest  rates  may  negatively  affect  our  financial 

performance. 

Our profitability depends in substantial part on our net interest margin, which is the difference between the 

interest earned on loans, securities and other interest-earning assets, and interest paid on deposits and borrowings.  

Changes  in  interest  rates  will  affect  our  net  interest  margin  in  diverse  ways,  including  the  pricing  of  loans  and 

deposits,  the  levels  of  prepayments  and  asset  quality.    We  are  unable  to  predict  actual  fluctuations  of  market 

interest rates because many factors influencing interest rates are beyond our control.  We attempt to minimize our 

exposure to interest rate risk, but we are unable to eliminate it.  Based on our asset/liability position at December 

31,  2006,  we  are  vulnerable  to  continued  increases  in  short-term  interest  rates  because  of  our  liability-sensitive 

balance sheet profile for the one-year time period.  However, these liabilities consist predominantly of deposits, the 

repricing  of  which  historically  lags  behind  the  changes  in  short-term  interest  rates.    We  believe  that  our  current 

interest rate exposure is manageable and does not indicate any significant exposure to interest rate changes. 

Periods of rising interest rates or a decline in real estate values in our market will adversely affect our income from 

our mortgage company. 

One of the components of our strategic plan is to generate significant noninterest income from our mortgage 

company, C&F Mortgage.  In periods of rising interest rates, consumer demand for new mortgages and refinancings 

may  decrease,  which  in  turn  could  adversely  impact  our  mortgage  company.    Because  interest  rates  depend  on 

factors outside of our control, we cannot eliminate the interest rate risk associated with our mortgage operations.  In 

addition,  there  is  speculation  that  current  real  estate  prices  in  our  markets  may  exceed  the  true  values  of  the 

properties.  If this is the case, or if the market generally perceives that this is the case, then real estate prices could 

become stagnant or decline, and there could be a significant reduction in real estate construction and housing starts.  

This could have a significant adverse affect on demand for loan products offered by our mortgage company. 

Our  business  is  subject  to  various  lending  and  other  economic  risks  that  could  adversely  impact  our  results  of 

operations and financial condition. 

Changes  in  economic  conditions,  particularly  an  economic  slowdown,  could  hurt  our  business.  Our 

business  is  directly  affected  by  general  economic  and  market  conditions;  broad  trends  in  industry  and  finance; 

legislative and regulatory changes; changes in governmental monetary and fiscal policies; and inflation, all of which 

are  beyond  our  control.  A  deterioration  in  economic  conditions,  in  particular  an  economic  slowdown  within  our 

geographic region, could result in the following consequences, any of which could hurt our business materially: an 

increase in loan delinquencies; an increase in problem assets and foreclosures; a decline in demand for our products 

and services; and a deterioration in the value of collateral for loans made by our various business segments. 

Our  level  of  credit  risk  is  increasing  due  to  the  concentration  of  our  loan  portfolio  in  commercial  loans  and  in 

consumer finance loans. 

At December 31, 2006, 44 percent of our loan portfolio consisted of commercial loans.  These loans generally 

carry larger loan balances and involve a greater degree of financial and credit risk than home equity and residential 

loans.    The  increased  financial  and  credit  risk  associated  with  these  types  of  loans  is  a  result  of  several  factors, 

including the concentration of principal in a limited number of loans and to borrowers in similar lines of business, 

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the  size  of  loan  balances,  the  effects  of  general  economic  conditions  on  income-producing  properties  and  the 

increased difficulty of evaluating and monitoring these types of loans. 

At  December  31,  2006,  25  percent  of  our  loan  portfolio  consisted  of  consumer  finance  loans  that  provide 

automobile financing for customers in the non-prime market.  During periods of economic slowdown or recession, 

delinquencies,  defaults,  repossessions  and  losses  generally  increase  in  this  portfolio.    These  periods  also  may  be 

accompanied  by  decreased  consumer  demand  for  automobiles  and  declining  values  of  automobiles  securing 

outstanding  loans,  which  weakens  collateral  coverage  and  increases  the  amount  of  loss  in  the  event  of  default.  

Significant increases in the inventory of used automobiles during periods of economic recession may also depress 

the prices at which we may sell repossessed automobiles or delay the timing of these sales.  Because we focus on 

non-prime borrowers, the actual rates of delinquencies, defaults, repossessions and losses on these loans are higher 

than those experienced in the general automobile finance industry and could be dramatically affected by a general 

economic downturn.  While we manage the higher risk inherent in loans made to non-prime borrowers through our 

underwriting  criteria  and  collection  methods,  we  cannot  guarantee  that  these  criteria  or  methods  will  ultimately 

provide adequate protection against these risks.  

If our allowance for loan losses becomes inadequate, the results of our operations may be adversely affected.  

Making loans is an essential element of our business.  The risk of nonpayment is affected by a number of 

factors,  including  but  not  limited  to:  the  duration  of  the  credit;  credit  risks  of  a  particular  customer;  changes  in 

economic and industry conditions; and, in the case of a collateralized loan, risks resulting from uncertainties about 

the  future  value  of  the  collateral.    Although  we  seek  to  mitigate  risks  inherent  in  lending  by  adhering  to  specific 

underwriting  practices,  our  loans  may  not  be  repaid.    We  attempt  to  maintain  an  appropriate  allowance  for  loan 

losses to provide for potential losses in our loan portfolio.  Our allowance for loan losses is determined by analyzing 

historical  loan  losses,  current  trends  in  delinquencies  and  charge-offs,  plans  for  problem  loan  resolution,  the 

opinions of our regulators, changes in the size and composition of the loan portfolio and industry information.  Also 

included  in  our  estimates  for  loan  losses  are  considerations  with  respect  to  the  impact  of  economic  events,  the 

outcome of which are uncertain.  Because any estimate of loan losses is necessarily subjective and the accuracy of 

any  estimate  depends  on  the  outcome  of  future  events,  we  face  the  risk  that  charge-offs  in  future  periods  will 

exceed our allowance for loan losses and that additional increases in the allowance for loan losses will be required. 

Additions to the allowance for loan losses would result in a decrease of our net income.  Although we believe our 

allowance for loan losses is adequate to absorb probable losses in our loan portfolio, we cannot predict such losses 

or that our allowance will be adequate in the future. 

Competition from other financial institutions and financial intermediaries may adversely affect our profitability.  

We  face  substantial  competition  in  originating  loans  and  in  attracting  deposits.  Our  competition  in 

originating  loans  and  attracting  deposits  comes  principally  from  other  banks,  mortgage  banking  companies, 

consumer finance companies, savings associations, credit unions, brokerage firms, insurance companies and other 

institutional  lenders  and  purchasers  of  loans.    Additionally,  banks  and  other  financial  institutions  with  larger 

capitalization and financial intermediaries not subject to bank regulatory restrictions have larger lending limits and 

are  thereby  able  to  serve  the  credit  needs  of  larger  clients.    These  institutions  may  be  able  to  offer  the  same  loan 

products and services that we offer at more competitive rates and prices.  Increased competition could require us to 

increase  the  rates  we  pay  on  deposits  or  lower  the  rates  we  offer  on  loans,  which  could  adversely  affect  our 

profitability. 

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  rely  heavily  on  our  management  team  and  the  unexpected  loss  of  key  officers  may  adversely  affect  our 

operations. 

We  believe  that  our  growth  and  future  success  will  depend  in  large  part  on  the  skills  of  our  executive 

officers.  We also depend upon the experience of the officers of our subsidiaries and on their relationships with the 

communities they serve.  The loss of the services of one or more of these officers could disrupt our operations and 

impair our ability to implement our business strategy, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition 

and results of operations. 

The success of our growth strategy depends on our ability to identify and recruit individuals with experience and 

relationships in our primary markets. 

The successful implementation of our business strategy will require us to continue to attract, hire, motivate 

and retain skilled personnel to develop new customer relationships as well as new financial products and services.  

The  market  for  qualified  management  personnel  is  competitive.    In  addition,  the  process  of  identifying  and 

recruiting  individuals  with  the  combination  of  skills  and  attributes  required  to  carry  out  our  strategy  is  often 

lengthy.  Our inability to identify, recruit and retain talented personnel to manage new offices effectively and in a 

timely manner would limit our growth, which could materially adversely affect our business. 

Our corporate culture has contributed to our success, and if we cannot maintain this culture as we grow, we could 

lose the beneficial aspects fostered by our culture, which could harm our business. 

We  believe  that  a  critical  contributor  to  our  success  has  been  our  corporate  culture,  which  focuses  on 

building personal relationships with our customers. As our organization grows, and we are required to implement 

more  complex  organizational  management  structures,  we  may  find  it  increasingly  difficult  to  maintain  the 

beneficial aspects of our corporate culture. This could negatively impact our future success. 

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

The Corporation has no unresolved comments from the SEC staff. 

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 2. 

PROPERTIES 

The  following  describes  the  location  and  general  character  of  the  principal  offices  and  other  materially 

important physical properties of the Corporation. 

The Corporation owns a building located at Eighth and Main Streets in the business district of West Point, 

Virginia.    The  building,  originally  constructed  in  1923,  has  three  floors  totaling  15,000  square  feet.    This  building 

houses the Bank’s Main Office, a branch office of C&F Investment Services and office space for certain of the Bank’s 

administrative personnel. 

The Corporation owns a building located at 3600 LaGrange Parkway in Toano, Virginia.  The building was 

acquired in 2004 and has 85,000 square feet.  Approximately 30,000 square feet were renovated in 2005 in order to 

house  the  Bank’s  operations  center,  which  consists  of  the  Bank’s  loan,  deposit  and  administrative  functions  and 

staff. 

The  building  previously  used  for  the  Bank’s  deposit  operations  at  Seventh  &  Main  Streets  in  West  Point 

Virginia,  which  is  a  14,000  square  foot  building  remodeled  by  the  Corporation  in  1991,  has  been  leased  to  the 

Economic Development Authority of the Town of West Point, Virginia (Development Authority) for the purpose of 

housing  and  operating  incubator  businesses  under  the  supervision  of  the  Development  Authority.    The  building 

previously used for the Bank’s loan operations at Sixth and Main Streets in West Point, Virginia, which is a 5,000 

square  foot  building  acquired  and  remodeled  by  the  Corporation  in  1998,  will  initially  be  retained  as  back-up 

facilities  for  the  new  operations  center.    Management  has  not  yet  determined  the  long-term  utilization  of  these 

properties. 

The  Corporation  owns  a  building  located  at  1400  Alverser  Drive  in  Midlothian,  Virginia.    The  building 

provides space for a branch office of the Bank and for a C&F Mortgage branch office, as well as C&F Mortgage’s 

main administrative offices.  This two-story building has 25,000 square feet and was constructed in 2001.  Also at 

the  Midlothian  location,  the Corporation owns an office condominium that houses a regional commercial lending 

office. 

The Corporation owns 15 other Bank branch locations and leases one Bank branch location and one regional 

commercial lending office in Virginia.  Rental expense for these leased locations totaled $22,000 for the year ended 

December 31, 2006. 

The  Corporation  has  18  leased  loan  productions  offices,  9  in  Virginia,  four  in  Maryland,  two  in  North 

Carolina  and  one  each  in  Delaware,  New  Jersey  and  Pennsylvania,  for  C&F  Mortgage.    Rental  expense  for  these 

leased locations totaled $874,000 for the year ended December 31, 2006. 

The  Corporation  owns  a  building  located  at  4660  South  Laburnum  Avenue  in  Richmond,  Virginia.    The 

building was acquired in June 2005 and has approximately 8,800 square feet.  The building houses C&F Finance’s 

headquarters and provides space for its loan and administrative functions and staff.  In connection with the opening 

of the Bank’s Hampton branch in 2006, the Hampton office of C&F Finance was relocated from a leased facility to 

the second floor of the Bank branch building.  The Corporation has one remaining leased office in Virginia for C&F 

Finance.  Rental expense for these leased locations totaled $15,000 for the year ended December 31, 2006. 

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
All of the Corporation’s properties are in good operating condition and are adequate for the Corporation’s 

present and anticipated future needs. 

ITEM 3. 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

There  are  no  material  pending  legal  proceedings  to  which  the  Corporation  or  any  of  its  subsidiaries  is  a 

party or to which the property of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries is subject. 

ITEM 4. 

SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS 

No matters were submitted during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year covered by this report to a vote of  

security holders of the Corporation through a solicitation of proxies or otherwise. 

  Name (Age) 
  Present Position 

Larry G. Dillon (54) 
Chairman, President and 
Chief Executive Officer 

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT 

Business Experience 
During Past Five Years 

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and 
the Bank since 1989 

Thomas F. Cherry (38) 
Executive Vice President, 
Chief Financial Officer 
and Secretary 

Secretary of the Corporation and the Bank since 2002; Executive Vice President 
and Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation and the Bank since 
December 2004; Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
of the Corporation and the Bank from December 1998 to November 2004 

Robert L. Bryant (56) 
Executive Vice President 
and Chief Operating 
Officer 

Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Corporation  
since February 2005; Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer 
of the Bank since December 2004; Senior Vice President and Chief Operating 
Officer of the Bank from May 2004 to November 2004; President of 
Renaissance Resources, a business consulting practice located in Richmond, 
Virginia, from 1996 to 2004 

Bryan E. McKernon (50)  

President and Chief Executive Officer of C&F Mortgage since 1995 

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II 

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

The Corporation’s common stock is traded on the over-the-counter market and is listed for trading on the 

NASDAQ Global Select Market of the NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol “CFFI.” As of February 27, 2007, 

there were approximately 2,300 shareholders of record.  As of that date, the closing price of our common stock on 

the  NASDAQ  Global  Select  Stock  Market  was  $43.25.    Following  are  the  high  and  low  closing  sales  prices  as 

reported by the NASDAQ Stock Market, along with the dividends that were paid quarterly in 2006 and 2005.  

Quarter 
First 
Second 
Third 
Fourth 

_________2006_________ 

High 
$40.58 
  41.49 
  41.00 
  42.50 

Low  Dividends 
$37.17 
  38.09 
  37.25 
  38.50 

$0.27 
  0.29 
  0.29 
  0.31 

__________2005__________ 
Low 
High 
$36.12 
$40.20 
  34.81 
  40.44 
  34.92 
  41.00 
  37.02 
  40.15 

Dividends 
$0.24 
  0.24 
  0.25 
  0.27 

Payment of dividends is at the discretion of the Corporation’s board of directors and is subject to various 

federal and state regulatory limitations.  For further information regarding payment of dividends, refer to Item 1, 

“Business,” under the heading “Limits on Dividends” and Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” 

under the heading “Note 13:  Regulatory Requirements and Restrictions.” 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 
For the Quarter Ended December 31, 2006 

Total 
Number 
of Shares 
Purchased 

- 
- 
135 
135 

Average 
Price 
Paid Per 
Share 
$        - 
- 
39.72 
$39.72 

Total Number 
of Shares 
Purchased as 
Part of Publicly 
Announced Program1 

- 
- 
135 
135 

Maximum Number 
of Shares that 
May Yet Be 
Purchased Under 
the Program1 
143,561 
150,000 
149,865 

October 1-31, 2006 
November 1-30, 2006 
December 1-31, 2006 
  Total 

1On  November  4,  2005,  the  Corporation’s  board  of  directors  authorized  the  purchase  of  up  to  5  percent  of  the  Corporation’s  common  stock 
(approximately  156,783  shares)  over  the  twelve  months  ending  November  3,  2006.    The  Corporation  purchased  13,222  shares  of  the 
Corporation’s common stock during the twelve months ending November 3, 2006.  Upon expiration of this program, the Corporation’s board 
of directors authorized the purchase of up to an additional 150,000 shares of the Corporation’s common stock over the twelve months ending 
November 3, 2007.  The stock will be purchased in the open market and/or by privately negotiated transactions, as management and the board 
of directors deem prudent. 

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 6. 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

FIVE YEAR FINANCIAL SUMMARY  

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)  
Selected Year-End Balances: 
Total assets 
Total capital 
Total loans (net) 
Total deposits 
Summary of Operations: 
Interest income 
Interest expense 
Net interest income 
Provision for loan losses 
Net interest income after provision for loan 

losses 

Noninterest income 
Noninterest expenses 
Income before taxes 
Income tax expense 
Net income 
Per share: 
  Earnings per common share—basic 
  Earnings per common share—assuming 

  dilution 
  Dividends 
Weighted average number of shares— 
  assuming dilution 
Significant Ratios: 
Return on average assets 
Return on average equity 
Dividend payout ratio 
Average equity to average assets 

2006 

2005 

2004 

2003 

2002 

 $734,468    
68,006    
517,843    
532,835    

$  58,582    
18,457    
 40,125    
4,625    

35,500    
27,387    
45,328    
17,559    
5,430    
$12,129    

$671,957      
60,086      
465,039      
495,438      

$  48,770      
11,997      
36,773      
5,520      

31,253      
27,584      
41,868      
16,969      
5,181      
$  11,788      

$609,122     
69,899     
394,471     
447,134     

$573,546       
65,384       
350,170       
427,635       

$551,922      
56,233      
328,634      
383,533      

$  40,843     
7,549     
33,294     
4,026     

$  38,671       
8,828       
29,843       
3,167       

$  30,620      
9,184      
21,436      
1,141      

29,268     
24,689     
37,753     
16,204     
5,006     
$  11,198     

26,676       
29,318       
36,748       
19,246       
6,327       
$  12,919       

20,295      
21,453      
27,846      
13,902      
4,137      
$    9,765      

$3.85    

$3.49      

$3.14     

$3.58       

$2.73      

3.71    
 1.16    

3.36      
1.00      

3.00     
.90     

3.42       
.72       

2.67      
.62      

3,273,429    

3,507,912      

3,729,128     

3,781,843        3,652,668      

1.75%  
 18.97     
30.15     
9.21     

1.82%  
17.70      
28.33      
10.30      

1.91% 
16.78     
28.59     
11.38     

2.35%   
21.32      
20.07      
11.01      

2.19%  
19.62     
22.80     
11.15     

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS 

OF OPERATIONS 

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

This report contains statements concerning the Corporation’s expectations, plans, objectives, future financial 

performance and other statements that are not historical facts.  These statements may constitute “forward-looking 

statements” as defined by federal securities laws.  These statements may address issues that involve estimates and 

assumptions  made  by  management  and  risks  and  uncertainties.    Actual  results  could  differ  materially  from 

historical results or those anticipated by such statements.  Factors that could have a material adverse effect on the 

operations and future prospects of the Corporation include, but are not limited to, changes in:  

interest rates 

• 
•  general economic conditions 
• 
•  monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. Government, including policies of the U.S. Treasury and the Federal 

the legislative/regulatory climate 

Reserve Board 

the quality or composition of the loan or investment portfolios 

• 
•  demand for loan products 
•  deposit flows 
• 
competition 
•  demand for financial services in the Corporation’s market area 
• 

technology 

• 

• 

reliance on third parties for key services  

accounting principles, policies and guidelines 

These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating the forward-looking statements contained herein.  

We caution readers not to place undue reliance on those statements, which speak only as of the date of this report. 

The following discussion supplements and provides information about the major components of the results 

of operations, financial condition, liquidity and capital resources of the Corporation.  This discussion and analysis 

should be read in conjunction with the accompanying consolidated financial statements. 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

The preparation of financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions.  Those accounting 
policies with the greatest uncertainty and that require our most difficult, subjective or complex judgments affecting 
the  application  of  these  policies,  and  the  likelihood  that  materially  different  amounts  would  be  reported  under 
different conditions, or using different assumptions, are described below. 

Allowance for Loan Losses:  We establish the allowance for loan losses through charges to earnings in the 
form  of  a  provision  for  loan  losses.    Loan  losses  are  charged  against  the  allowance  when  we  believe  that  the 
collection of the principal is unlikely.  Subsequent recoveries of losses previously charged against the allowance are 
credited to the allowance.  The allowance represents an amount that, in our judgment, will be adequate to absorb 
any  losses  on  existing  loans  that  may  become  uncollectible.    Our  judgment  in  determining  the  adequacy  of  the 
allowance is based on evaluations of the collectibility of loans while taking into consideration such factors as trends 
in  delinquencies  and  charge-offs,  changes  in  the  nature  and  volume  of  the  loan  portfolio,  current  economic 
conditions that may affect a borrower’s ability to repay, overall portfolio quality and specific potential losses.  This 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
evaluation is inherently subjective because it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more 
information becomes available. 

Impairment  of  Loans:    We  measure  impaired  loans  based  on  the  present  value  of  expected  future  cash 
flows discounted at the effective interest rate of the loan (or, as a practical expedient, at the loan’s observable market 
price) or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.  We consider a loan impaired when it is 
probable that the Corporation will be unable to collect all interest and principal payments as scheduled in the loan 
agreement.    We  do  not  consider  a  loan  impaired  during  a  period  of  delay  in  payment  if  we  expect  the  ultimate 
collection  of  all  amounts due.  We maintain a valuation allowance to the extent that the measure of the impaired 
loan is less than the recorded investment. 

Impairment  of  Securities:    Impairment  of  investment  securities  results  in  a  write-down  that  must  be 
included  in  net  income  when  a  market  decline  below  cost  is  other-than-temporary.    We  regularly  review  each 
investment security for impairment based on criteria that include the extent to which cost exceeds market price, the 
duration  of  that  market  decline,  the  financial  health  of  and  specific  prospects  for  the  issuer  and  our  ability  and 
intention with regard to holding the security to maturity. 

Goodwill:  Goodwill is no longer subject to amortization over its estimated useful life, but is subject to at 
least an annual assessment for impairment using a two-step process that begins with an estimation of the fair value 
of the reporting unit.  In assessing the recoverability of the Corporation’s goodwill, all of which was recognized in 
connection with the Bank’s acquisition of C&F Finance in September 2002, we must make assumptions in order to 
determine  the  fair  value  of  the  respective  assets.    Major  assumptions  used  in  determining  impairment  were 
increases  in  future  income,  sales  multiples  in  determining  terminal  value  and  the  discount  rate  applied  to  future 
cash  flows.    As  part  of  the  impairment  test,  we  performed  sensitivity  analysis  by  increasing  the  discount  rate, 
lowering  sales  multiples  and  reducing  increases  in  future  income.    We  completed  the  annual  test  for  impairment 
during  the  fourth  quarter  of  2006  and  determined  there  was  no  impairment  to  be  recognized  in  2006.    If  the 
underlying  estimates  and  related  assumptions  change  in  the  future,  we  may  be  required  to  record  impairment 
charges. 

Defined Benefit Pension Plan:  The Bank maintains a non-contributory, defined benefit pension plan for 
eligible  full-time  employees  as  specified  by  the  plan.    Plan  assets,  which  consist  primarily  of  marketable  equity 
securities and corporate and government fixed income securities, are valued using market quotations.  The Bank’s 
actuary  determines  plan  obligations  and  annual  pension  expense  using  a  number  of  key  assumptions.    Key 
assumptions include the discount rate, the estimated future return on plan assets and the anticipated rate of future 
salary  increases.    Changes  in  these  assumptions  in  the  future,  if  any,  may  impact  pension  assets,  liabilities  or 
expense. 

Accounting for Income Taxes:  Determining the Corporation’s effective tax rate requires judgment.  In the 
ordinary  course  of  business,  there  are  transactions  and  calculations  for  which  the  ultimate  tax  outcomes  are 
uncertain.  In addition, the Corporation’s tax returns are subject to audit by various tax authorities.  Although we 
believe that the estimates are reasonable, no assurance can be given that the final tax outcome will not be materially 
different than that which is reflected in the income tax provision and accrual. 

For  further  information  concerning  accounting  policies,  refer  to  Item  8,  “Financial  Statements  and 

Supplementary Data,” under the heading “Note 1:  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.” 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OVERVIEW 

Our primary financial goals are to maximize the Corporation’s earnings and to deploy capital in profitable 
growth  initiatives  that  will  enhance  long-term  shareholder  value.    We  track  three  primary  financial  performance 
measures in order to assess the level of success in achieving these goals: 

1)  return on average assets (ROA)  
2)  return on average equity (ROE) 
3)  growth in earnings 

In addition to these financial performance measures, we track the performance of the Corporation’s three 

principal business activities: 

1)  retail banking 
2)  mortgage banking  
3)  consumer finance 

We also actively manage our capital through: 

1)  growth 
2)  stock purchases  
3)  dividends 

Financial Performance Measures 

For  the  Corporation,  net  income  increased  2.9  percent  to  $12.1  million  in  fiscal  2006.    Earnings  per  share 
assuming dilution increased 10.4 percent to $3.71 in the same period.  Net income for 2006 included $728,000, after 
taxes, attributable to the recovery of past due interest and a reduction in the Corporation’s loan loss allowance in 
connection with the pay-off of previously nonperforming loans of one commercial relationship.  Excluding the after-
tax  effect  of  this  loan  pay-off,  the  Corporation’s  adjusted  earnings  for  2006  were  $11.4 million, or $3.48 per share 
assuming  dilution,  which  represents  a  3.6  percent  increase in adjusted earnings per share assuming dilution over 
the same period in 2005.  The improvement in adjusted earnings per share relative to the decrease in adjusted net 
income,  excluding  the  effect  of  the  commercial  loan  pay-off,  was  attributable  to  the  accretive  effect  of  the  tender 
offer  that  concluded  in  the  third  quarter  of  2005  and  resulted  in  the  Corporation’s  purchase  of  427,186  of  its 
outstanding shares.  Factors influencing 2006 earnings included interest rate fluctuations, a decline in mortgage loan 
production, new borrowings to fund the Corporation’s purchase of common stock and higher operating expenses to 
support growth.  The degree to which these factors impacted each of our business segments varied and is discussed 
in “Principal Business Activities” below. 

The  Corporation's  ROE  and  ROA  were  18.97  percent  and  1.75  percent,  respectively,  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2006.  Excluding the effect of the commercial loan pay-off, the Corporation’s adjusted ROE was 17.83 
percent for the year ended December 31, 2006, compared with 17.70 percent for 2005.  The adjusted ROA, excluding 
the  effect  of  the  commercial  loan  pay-off,  was  1.64  percent  for  2006,  compared  with  1.82  percent  for  2005.    The 
increase in adjusted ROE for 2006 was attributable to the accretive effect of the Corporation’s share purchase in July 
2005.    The  decline  in  adjusted  ROA  for  2006  resulted  from  the  decline  in  earnings,  excluding  the  effect  of  the 
commercial loan pay-off, coupled with an increase in average assets, primarily loans held for investment and new 
facilities.    We  have  continued  to  make  significant  investments  in  our  retail  branch  network,  operations  facilities, 
technology  and  personnel  in  order  to  accommodate  our  strategic  growth  initiatives.    These  investments  have 
increased  our  operating  assets  and  expenses.    However,  we  expect  them  to  enhance  long-term  earnings,  thus 
increasing shareholder value. 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We expect the following factors to influence the Corporation’s financial performance in 2007: 

•  Retail Banking:  We expect changes in interest rates to affect the degree to which net interest 
margin compression occurs at C&F Bank.  If interest rates stabilize or decline, we expect more 
pronounced net interest margin compression than if interest rates rise because yields on loans 
will stay constant or decline while deposits will continue to reprice at higher rates relative to 
their  maturing  rates.    General  economic trends, particularly an economic slowdown, in C&F 
Bank’s markets can affect the quality of the loan portfolio.  Managing the risks inherent in our 
loan  portfolio  will  influence  C&F  Bank’s  performance  during  2007.      Our  ability  to  achieve 
forecasted deposit and loan growth at our existing bank branches and in particular at our four 
new  bank  branches  will  be  affected  by  both  general  economic  conditions  and  the  increasing 
level of competition in our markets.   

•  Mortgage Banking:  Interest rate volatility, the flat interest rate yield curve and the slowdown 
in  the  housing  market  will  likely  continue  to  negatively  affect  demand  for  home  mortgage 
loans.    This  will  result  in  lower  production  at  C&F  Mortgage,  which  directly  impacts  the 
profitability  of  C&F  Mortgage.    Production  growth  may  become  more  dependent  on  our 
ability to open or acquire new production offices. 

•  Consumer  Finance:    We  expect  changes  in  interest  rates  to  be  a  primary  factor  influencing 
financial  performance  at  C&F  Finance  in  2007.    If  interest  rates  rise,  we  expect  net  interest 
margin compression because the funding for C&F Finance’s loan portfolio is indexed to short-
term interest rates and reprices each month.  If interest rates stabilize or decline, there will be 
less pressure on the net interest margin.   In addition, if an economic slowdown occurs in C&F 
Finance’s markets, we would expect more delinquencies and repossessions.  There would also 
be the potential for a decrease in consumer demand for automobiles and a decline in the value 
of  automobiles  securing  C&F  Finance’s  loan  portfolio,  which  would  weaken  collateral 
coverage and increase the amount of loss on the disposition of repossessions. 

Principal Business Activities 

An overview of the financial results for each of the Corporation’s principal segments is presented below.  A 

more detailed discussion is included in the section “Results of Operations.” 

Retail  Banking:    Pretax  earnings  for  the  Retail  Banking  segment  were  $8.7  million  for  the  year  ended 
December  31,  2006,  compared  with  $8.1  million  in  2005.    Pretax  earnings  for  2006  included  $1.1  million  of 
previously unrecorded interest and a reduction in the allowance for loan losses recognized in connection with the 
pay-off of previously nonperforming loans of one commercial relationship.  Excluding this amount, the Retail Bank 
segment’s  adjusted  pre-tax  income  for  2006  was  $7.6  million.    Included  in  earnings  for  2006  were  the  effects  on 
operating expenses of the Peninsula and Richmond branch expansions and the operations center relocation, higher 
operational  and  administrative  personnel  costs  to  support  growth,  as  well  as  interest  expense  on  trust  preferred 
securities, the proceeds of which were used to partially fund the large share purchase in mid-2005.  Growth in the 
Retail Banking segment’s operations and infrastructure have increased operating expenses, but over time we expect 
these  expenditures  will  contribute  to  the  Corporation’s  long-term  profitability,  improve  efficiency  and  enhance 
customer service.  Higher expenses for 2006 were offset in part by an increase in net interest income, which resulted 
from an increase in both the amount of and yield on earning assets, and an increase in service charges on deposit 
accounts.    The  Retail Banking segment’s net interest margin has benefited  in the short term as variable-rate loans 
have repriced as short-term interest rates have increased.  However, future earnings of the Retail Banking segment 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
could be affected by net interest margin compression if interest rates stabilize or decline and deposits continue to 
reprice at higher rates relative to their maturing rates. 

Mortgage  Banking:    Pretax  earnings  for  the  Mortgage  Banking  segment,  which  consists  solely  of  C&F 
Mortgage Corporation, were $3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, compared with $5.1 million in 2005.  
The  decline  in  earnings  of  the  Mortgage  Banking  segment  resulted  from  reduced  loan  volume  as  demand  for 
residential  mortgage  loans  and  refinancings  has  moderated  as  interest  rates  have  increased and overall economic 
growth has slowed.  Origination volume for the year declined 10.8 percent from the 2005 level.  Gains on loan sales 
declined during 2006 due to lower volumes of loan sales resulting from the reduced origination volume.  For 2006, 
loan  originations  at  C&F  Mortgage  for  refinancings  declined  to  $283  million  from  $350  million  in  2005.    Loans 
originated  for  new  and  resale  home  purchases  declined  to  $661  million  in  2006  from  $709  million  in  2005.    In 
addition to the decrease in loan volume, the Mortgage Banking segment experienced increased overhead resulting 
from  new  loan  production  offices  opened  during  2006  and  2005,  and  a  decrease  in  net  interest  income  resulting 
from a lower average balance of loans held for sale and the effect of the flat interest rate yield curve during 2006.  
We expect that future earnings for the Mortgage Banking segment may continue to be negatively affected if interest 
rate  trends  result  in  fewer  new  and  resale  home  sales  and  loan  refinancings.    However,  we  plan  to  continue  to 
expand in new and existing markets that provide the potential for increased loan production. 

Consumer  Finance:    Pretax  earnings  for  the  Consumer  Finance  segment,  which  consists  solely  of  C&F 
Finance, totaled $5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, compared with pre-tax earnings of $3.7 million 
in 2005.  The increase in 2006 resulted from a 16.1 percent increase in average consumer finance loans outstanding, 
which  more  than  offset  the  decline  in  C&F  Finance’s  net  interest  margin  attributable  to  increases  in  the  cost  of 
borrowings resulting from rising interest rates and higher operating expenses to support growth.  Operating results 
in  2006  benefited  from  the  completion  of  C&F  Finance’s  conversion  to  a  new  loan  system,  the  consolidation  and 
relocation of its operations center to a new location in Richmond, Virginia, and a change in the third-party lender 
for its secured revolving line of credit with financing terms that provide for a rate reduction from the prior terms 
and lower administration fees—all of which occurred in mid-2005.  We believe that with these improvements, we 
have established a platform with the capacity to support current operations and future growth, which will enhance 
long-term earnings.  In addition to earnings growth during 2006, nonaccrual consumer finance loans as a percentage 
of total consumer finance loans was less than one percent as of December 31, 2006 compared to 1.64 percent as of 
December  31,  2005,  which  reflected  the  effect  of  initiatives  to  reduce  C&F  Finance’s  nonperforming  assets.    As  a 
result of the improvement in asset quality and a decline in net charge-offs during 2006, the provision for loan losses 
declined to $4.9 million for 2006 from $5.1 million for 2005.  Future earnings at the Consumer Finance segment will 
be impacted by economic conditions including, but not limited to, the employment market, interest rate levels and 
the resale market for used automobiles. 

Capital Management 

We  have  managed  our  capital  through  growth  in  assets,  stock  purchases  and  increases  in  dividends  as 

evidenced  by  the  decline  in  the  ratio  of  average  equity  to  average  total  assets  over  the  past  three  years.    During 

2006, total assets grew by 9.3 percent.  A detailed discussion of the changes in our financial position since December 

31,  2005  is  included  in  the  section  “Financial  Condition.”    Dividends  for  2006  were  $1.16,  which  is  a  16  percent 

increase over 2005.  The weighted average number of shares outstanding during 2006 was 3,151,860 compared to 

3,375,153  during  2005.    This  decrease  resulted  from  the  purchase  of  427,186  shares  of  the  Corporation’s  common 

stock in mid-2005, which was accretive to earnings per share and ROE.  In 2006, we purchased 13,257 shares of the 

Corporation’s  common  stock  under  board-approved  purchase  programs.    Through  February  15,  2007,  we  have 

purchased an additional 101,200 shares of the Corporation’s common stock at an average price of $41.26 per share 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
under  the  current  board-approved  program  to  purchase  up  to  150,000  shares.    Shares  purchased  in  2007  are  not 

reflected in 2006 results. 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS  

NET INTEREST INCOME  

TABLE 1: Average Balances, Income and Expense, Yields and Rates 

The following table shows the average balance sheets for each of the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 

and 2004.  The table also shows the amounts of interest earned on earning assets, with related yields, and interest 

expense  on  interest-bearing  liabilities,  with  related  rates.    Loans  include  loans  held  for  sale.    Loans  placed  on  a 

nonaccrual status are included in the balances and are included in the computation of yields, but had no material 

effect.    Interest  on  tax-exempt  loans  and  securities  is  presented  on  a  taxable  equivalent  basis  (which  converts  the 

income on loans and investments for which no income taxes are paid to the equivalent yield if  income taxes were 

paid using the federal corporate income tax rate of 35 percent in all three years presented). 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Assets 
Securities: 

Taxable 
Tax-exempt 

Total securities 

Loans, net 
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks 

Total earning assets 
Allowance for loan losses 
Total non-earning assets 

Total assets 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity 
Time and savings deposits: 

Interest-bearing deposits 

  Money market deposit accounts 

Savings accounts 
  Certificates of deposit, 

     $100 thousand or more 
  Other certificates of deposit 

Total time and savings deposits 

Borrowings 

Total interest-bearing liabilities 

Demand deposits 
Other liabilities 

Total liabilities 
Shareholders’ equity 

Total liabilities and 
     shareholders’ equity 

Net interest income 

Interest rate spread 

Interest expense to average earning assets 

Net interest margin 

                      2006                      
Average
Yield/
Income/ 
Balance 
Rate   
Expense 

                      2005                                                   2004                         
Average
Yield/
Balance 
Rate   

Income/ 
Expense 

Income/ 
Expense 

Average
Balance 

Yield/
Rate   

$  11,349 
55,932 

67,281 
555,517 
9,271 

632,069 
(13,617)
75,863 

$694,315 

$    487  
3,802  
4,289  
55,196  
454  
59,939  

4.29% $ 12,989 
 56,092 
6.80   

6.37   
9.94   
4.90   

9.48   

69,081 
 507,447 
 17,168 

593,696 
(12,213)
 65,107 

$646,590 

$    527  
4,020  
4,547  
45,118  
523  
50,188  

4.06% $  16,211 
54,532 
7.17   

$     484  
4,058  

4,542  
37,009  
527  

42,078  

6.58   
8.89   
3.05   

70,743 
424,052 
43,564 

8.45% 538,359 
(9,675)
57,890 

$586,574 

$  87,074 
44,820 
49,644 

 946  
987  
353  

1.09% $ 81,885 
 49,909 
2.20   
 54,656 
0.71   

732  
 708  
 388  

0.89% $  80,055 
42,797 
 1.42   
55,856 
 0.71   

79,873 
152,879 

414,290 

120,498 

534,788 

79,472 
16,106 

630,366 
63,949 

3,176  
5,690  
11,152  
7,305  
18,457  

3.98   
3.72   

2.69   

6.06   

3.45   

 63,432 
 136,779 

 386,661 

 101,355 

 488,016 

76,172 
 15,808 

 579,996 
 66,594 

 1,717  
 3,735  
7,280  
4,717  
11,997  

 2.71   
 2.73   

 1.88   

4.65   

56,480 
127,923 

363,111 

74,011 

2.46% 437,122 

69,281 
13,432 

519,835 
66,739 

495  
329  
328  

1,086  
2,751  

4,989  

2,560  

7,549  

$694,315 

 $646,590 

$586,574 

$41,482  

$38,191  

$34,529  

5.99%

2.02%

 6.43%

6.03%

2.92%

6.56%

23 

2.99%
7.44   

6.42   
8.73   
1.21   

7.82%

0.62%
0.77   
0.59   

1.92   
2.15   

1.37   

3.46   

1.73%

6.09%

1.40%

6.41%

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE 2: Rate-Volume Recap 

Interest  income  and  expense  are  affected  by  fluctuations  in  interest  rates,  by  changes  in  the  volume  of 

earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and by the interaction of rate and volume factors.  The following table 

shows the direct causes of the year-to-year changes in the components of net interest income on a taxable equivalent 

basis.    We  calculated  the  rate  and  volume  variances  using  a  formula  prescribed  by  the  SEC.    Rate/volume 

variances,  the  third  element  in  the  calculation,  are  not  shown separately in the table, but are allocated to the rate 

and volume variances in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.  Loans 

include both nonaccrual loans and loans held for sale. 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Interest income: 
Loans 
Securities: 
  Taxable 
  Tax-exempt 
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks 

     Total interest income 

Interest expense: 
Time and savings deposits: 
Interest-bearing deposits 

  Money market deposit accounts 

Savings accounts 

  Certificates of deposit, $100M or more 
  Other certificates of deposit 

     Total time and savings deposits 
Other borrowings 

     Total interest expense 

Change in net interest income 

2006 Compared to 2005 

                       2006 from 2005                                             2005 from 2004                     
          Increase(Decrease) 
                  Due to            
Volume 

          Increase(Decrease) 
                   Due to             
Volume 

   Total 
     Increase  
(Decrease) 

  Total 
  Increase 
(Decrease)  

Rate 

Rate 

$5,560 

$4,518 

$10,078  

$  706 

$7,403 

$ 8,109  

29 
(207)
235 

5,617 

165 
357 
1 
940 
1,476 

2,939 
1,593 

4,532 

$1,085 

(69)
(11)
(304)

4,134 

49 
(78)
(36)
519 
479 

933 
995 

(40) 
(218) 
(69) 

9,751  

214  
279  
(35) 
1,459  
1,955  

3,872  
2,588  

1,928 

$2,206 

6,460  
$ 3,291  

152 
(151)
454 

1,161 

225 
317 
66 
486 
786 

1,880 
1,042 

2,922 

(109)
113 
(458)

6,949 

12 
62 
(6)
145 
198 

411 
1,115 

1,526 

$(1,761)

$5,423 

43  
(38) 
(4) 

8,110  

237  
379  
60  
631  
984  

2,291  
2,157  

4,448  
$3,662  

Net interest income, on a taxable equivalent basis, for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $41.5 million, 

compared  to  $38.2  million  for  2005.    The  net  interest  margin  of  6.56  percent  for  2006  included  $870,000  of 

nonaccrued and default interest attributable to the repayment of previously nonperforming loans of one commercial 

relationship.  Excluding the effect of the commercial loan pay-off, the adjusted net interest margin was 6.43 percent 

for  2006,  which  was  level  with  the  net  interest  margin  for  2005.    An  increase  of  103  basis  points  in  the  yield  on 

interest-earning  assets  during  2006  was  offset  by  an  increase  of  99  basis  points  in  the  rate  on  interest-bearing 

liabilities. 

Average  loans  held  for  investment  increased  $62.7  million  during  2006.    The  Retail  Banking  segment’s 

average  loan  portfolio  increased  $46.2  million  compared to  2005.  This increase was mainly attributable to higher 

loan production in the Virginia Peninsula market and residential construction loan growth.  The Consumer Finance 

segment’s  average  loan  portfolio  increased  $16.5  million  during  2006.    This  increase  was  attributable  to  overall 

growth at existing locations and, more recently, the expansion into new markets.  Average loans held for sale at the 

Mortgage Banking segment decreased $14.6 million during 2006.  Mortgage interest rate trends over the last twelve 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
months have resulted in a 10.8 percent decline in loan origination volume at the Mortgage Banking segment during 

2006.  The yield on loans held for investment and loans held for sale increased as a result of a general increase in 

interest rates since mid-2004. 

Average  securities  available  for  sale  decreased  $1.8  million  during  2006.    In  addition,  their  average  yield 

declined  21  basis  points.    The  decline  in  the  average  balance  resulted  from  the  utilization  of  proceeds  from 

maturities and calls to partially fund the increase in loan demand.  The yield decreases reflected the impact of the 

flat yield curve on long-term interest rates and thus the yield on securities purchased throughout 2006. 

Average  interest-bearing  deposits  at  other  banks,  primarily  the  FHLB,  decreased  $7.9  million  during  2006.  

Fluctuations  in  the  average  balance  of  these  low-yielding  deposits  occurred  in  response  to  loan  demand.    The 

average yield on interest-earning deposits at other banks increased 185 basis points during 2006.  The higher yields 

were due to increases beginning in mid-2004 in short-term interest rates. 

Although average time and savings deposits increased $27.6 million during 2006, the increase in interest on 

deposits was influenced to a greater extent by the increase in deposit rates.  The average cost of deposits increased 

81  basis  points  for  2006  due  to  the  increase  in  short-term  interest  rates,  coupled  with  the  repricing  of  maturing 

deposits at higher interest rates. 

Average borrowings increased $19.1 million during 2006 partially due to a new line of credit and the issuance 

of trust preferred capital securities in the third quarter of 2005 to fund the Corporation’s purchase of 427,186 shares 

of  its  common  stock  in  mid-2005.    The  increase  in  average  borrowings  during  2006  was  also  attributable  to  loan 

growth at the Consumer Finance segment, which was funded in part by a line of credit.  The increase in interest on 

borrowings  was  influenced to a greater extent by a higher cost of funds, which increased 141 basis points during 

2006.    The  majority  of  the  Corporation’s borrowings are indexed to short-term interest rates and reprice as short-

term interest rates change. 

Excluding  the  effect  of  the  commercial  loan  pay-off,  the  adjusted  net  interest  margin  remained  constant 

during  2006.    The  increase  in  the  yield  on  loans  has  been  able  to  offset  the  effect  of  the  increase  in  the  cost  of 

deposits  and  borrowings.    However,  we  expect  that  net  interest  margin  compression  is  likely  to  occur  if  interest 

rates stabilize or decline and deposits continue to reprice at higher rates relative to their maturing rates. 

2005 Compared to 2004 

Net  interest  income,  on  a  taxable  equivalent  basis,  for  the  year  ended December 31, 2005 was $38.2 million 

compared  to  $34.5  million  for  2004.    The  higher  net  interest  income  resulted  primarily  from  an  increase  of  10.3 

percent  in  the  average  balance  of  interest-earning  assets  and  an  increase  in  net  interest  margin  to  6.43  percent  in 

2005 from 6.41 percent in 2004.  The slight increase in the net interest margin was a result of a 63 basis point increase 

in yield on interest-earning assets that was offset in part by a 73 basis point increase in the rate on interest-bearing 

liabilities. 

All  of  the  Corporation’s  principal  business  segments  experienced  loan  growth  during  2005.    Average  loans 

increased  $53.7  million  in  the  Retail  Banking  segment,  $17.2  million  in  the  Consumer  Finance  segment  and  $12.5 

million  in  the  Mortgage  Banking  segment.    The  increase  in  loans  in  the  Retail  Banking  segment  was  mainly 

attributable  to  loan  production  in  the  Virginia  Peninsula  market  and  residential  construction  loan  growth.    The 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
increase  in  loans  held  for  sale  at  the  Mortgage  Banking  segment  resulted  from  higher  production  volume.    The 

increase in loans at the Consumer Finance segment was mainly attributable to overall growth at existing locations.  

The yield on loans held for investment and loans held for sale increased as a result of a general increase in interest 

rates since mid-2004. 

Average securities available for sale decreased slightly during 2005; however, their average yield increased by 

16  basis  points.    The  decline in the average balance resulted from the utilization of proceeds from maturities and 

calls to fund the increase in loan demand.  The yield increase was the result of a change in the mix of investments.  

The percentage of shorter-term, lower-yielding investments decreased in 2005 as compared to 2004. 

Average  interest-bearing  deposits  at  other  banks,  primarily the FHLB, decreased $26.4 million during 2005; 

however,  their  average  yield  increased  184  basis  points.    The  decline  in  the  average  balance  resulted  from  the 

liquidation  of  these  low-yielding  deposits  to  fund  the  increase  in  loan  demand.    The  yield  increase  was  due  to 

increases beginning in mid-2004 in short-term interest rates. 

Although average time and savings deposits increased $23.6 million during 2005, the increase in interest on 

deposits was influenced to a greater extent by the increase in deposit rates.  The average cost of deposits increased 

51 basis points during 2005 due to an increase in short-term interest rates.  Generally, deposit interest rate increases 

lag behind the increase in loan interest rates.  Although short-term interest rates increased 200 basis points in 2005, 

deposits will reprice more gradually as existing certificates of deposit mature in future periods.   

Average borrowings increased $27.3 million during 2005.  This was a result of an increase in borrowings from 

a third-party lender to fund the increase in loans at the Consumer Finance segment and an increase in short-term 

advances  from  the  FHLB  to  fund  the  increase  in  loan  production  at  the  Mortgage  Banking  segment.   Borrowings 

increased further as a result of a line of credit from a third-party lender and the issuance of trust preferred capital 

securities to fund the Corporation’s purchase of 427,186 shares of its common stock in the third quarter of 2005.  The 

majority of these borrowings are indexed to short-term interest rates and reprice as short-term interest rates change.  

Accordingly, the average cost of borrowings increased 119 basis points during 2005.   

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NONINTEREST INCOME  

TABLE 3: Noninterest Income 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Gains on sales of loans 
Service charges on deposit accounts 
Other service charges and fees 
Gains on calls of available for sale securities 
Other income 

  Total noninterest income 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Gains on sales of loans 
Service charges on deposit accounts 
Other service charges and fees 
Gains on calls of available for sale securities 
Other income 

  Total noninterest income 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Gains on sales of loans 
Service charges on deposit accounts 
Other service charges and fees 
Gains on calls of available for sale securities 
Other income 

  Total noninterest income 

2006 Compared to 2005 

Year Ended December 31, 2006 

          Retail 
          Banking 

Mortgage 
Banking 

$     --       
3,471      
1,200      
105      
393      

$5,169      

$17,149      
--        
3,656      
--       
22       

$20,827       

Consumer 
Finance 
 $  --          
--          
245         
--          
294         
$539         

       Other 

Total 

$   (51)     
--     
--     
--     
903     

$17,098     
3,471     
5,101     
105      
1,612     

$   852     

$27,387     

Year Ended December 31, 2005 

          Retail 
          Banking 

Mortgage 
Banking 

$     --       
2,812      
1,054      
105      
371      

$4,342      

$18,193       
--        
3,509       
--       
210       

$21,912       

Consumer 
Finance 
 $ --          
--          
232         
--          
185         
$ 417         

        Other 

Total 

$      1     
--     
--     
--     
912    

$   913    

$18,194     
2,812     
4,795     
105     
1,678     

$27,584     

Year Ended December 31, 2004 

          Retail 
          Banking 

Mortgage 
Banking 

Consumer 
Finance 

        Other 

Total 

$     --       
2,699      
857      
69      
154      

$3,779      

$16,572       
--        
3,208       
--       
18       

$19,798       

$ --          
--          
--          
--          
71         
$ 71         

$      3     
--     
--     
--     
1,038    

$1,041    

$16,575     
2,699     
4,065     
69     
1,281     

$24,689     

Total  noninterest  income  declined  slightly  to  $27.4  million  during  2006.    A  $1.1  million  decrease  at  the 

Mortgage  Banking  segment  resulted  primarily  from  a  decline  in  gains  on  loan  sales  due  to  lower  sales  volume 

resulting  from  reduced loan demand.  The decrease in noninterest income at the Mortgage Banking segment was 

almost entirely offset by increases of $827,000 at the Retail Banking and $122,000 at the Consumer Finance segments 

during  2006  because  of  (1)  higher  service  charges  and  fees  on  deposit  accounts  at  the  Retail  Banking  segment 

resulting  from  deposit  account  growth,  coupled  with  the  expansion  of  our  overdraft  protection  services  and  (2) 

higher  service  charges  and  fees  at  the  Consumer  Finance  segment  resulting  from  fees  generated  from  loan 

processing and collection. 

2005 Compared to 2004 

Total  noninterest  income  increased  $2.9  million,  or  11.7  percent,  to  $27.6  million  for  the  year  ended 

December 31, 2005.  The increase in 2005 was attributable to (1) higher service charges and fees on deposit accounts 

at the Retail Banking segment resulting from deposit account growth, higher gains on calls of securities and a gain 

on the sale of land located adjacent to one of the Bank branches, (2) higher gains on sales of loans and other service 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
charges at the Mortgage Banking segment resulting from an increase in the volume of loans closed and sold and (3) 

higher income at the Consumer Finance segment resulting from fees generated from loan originations. 

NONINTEREST EXPENSE 

TABLE 4: Noninterest Expense 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Salaries and employee benefits 
Occupancy expense 
Other expenses 

  Total noninterest expense 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Salaries and employee benefits 
Occupancy expense 
Other expenses 

  Total noninterest expense 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Salaries and employee benefits 
Occupancy expense 
Other expenses 

  Total noninterest expense 

2006 Compared to 2005 

Retail 
Banking 

$13,001       
3,109       
4,801       
$20,911       

Retail 
Banking 

$11,368       
2,292       
4,303       
$17,963       

Retail 
Banking 

$  9,982       
2,144       
3,662       
$15,788       

Year Ended December 31, 2006 

Mortgage 
Banking 

Consumer 
Finance 

 $12,137       
1,671       
4,550       
$18,358       

$3,146       
282       
1,767       
$5,195       

Year Ended December 31, 2005 

Mortgage 
Banking 

Consumer 
Finance 

$13,457        
1,356        
3,656        
$18,469        

$2,766       
198       
1,601       
$4,565       

Year Ended December 31, 2004 

Mortgage 
Banking 

Consumer 
Finance 

$12,624        
1,167        
3,066        
$16,857        

$2,162       
220       
2,077       
$4,459       

Other 

Total 

$723       
25       
116       
$864       

$29,007       
5,087       
11,234       

$45,328       

Other 

$686        
25        
160        
$871        

Total 

$28,277     
3,871     
9,720     

$41,868     

Other 

$465        
25        
159        
$649        

Total 

$25,233     
3,556     
8,964     

$37,753     

Total  noninterest  expense  increased  $3.5  million,  or  8.3  percent,  to  $45.3  million  during  2006.    The  Retail 

Banking  and  the  Consumer  Finance  segments  reported  increases  in  total  noninterest  expense  that  were  primarily 

attributable to higher personnel and operating expenses to support growth  and technology enhancements at both 

segments.    Noninterest  expense  of  the  Retail  Banking  segment  included  costs  associated  with  our  new  Hampton 

and Yorktown retail banking branches on the Virginia Peninsula, both of which opened in 2006, our new operations 

center,  which  opened  in  late  2005,  and  staffing  and  training  personnel  for  our  two  new  retail  banking  branches 

opening in 2007.  Noninterest expenses of the Consumer Finance segment included costs associated with building 

depth in our sales force, entering new markets and increasing the administrative staff to support the increase in the 

loan portfolio.  Total noninterest expense declined during 2006 for the Mortgage Banking segment because of lower 

production-based personnel costs due to lower origination volume in 2006.  The decrease in personnel expenses was 

offset  in  part  by  higher  overhead,  including  occupancy  and  other  expenses,  associated  with  opening  new  loan 

production  offices  in  2006  and  2005.    Noninterest  expenses  of  the  Mortgage  Banking  segment  in  2006  included 

$108,000  of  expenses,  in  excess  of  the  Corporation’s  insurance  coverage,  associated  with  a  $2.2  million 

embezzlement perpetrated by two former employees of C&F Mortgage. 

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2005 Compared to 2004 

Total  noninterest  expense  increased  $4.1  million,  or  10.9  percent,  to  $41.9  million  for  the  year  ended 

December 31, 2005.  The Retail Banking and the Consumer Finance segments reported increases in total noninterest 

expenses  that  were  primarily  attributable  to  higher  personnel  and  operating  expenses  to  support  growth  in  both 

segments  and  technology  enhancements  at  the  Consumer  Finance  segment.    Start-up  costs  associated  with  the 

Bank’s expansion efforts continued throughout 2005 with the ongoing construction of two new retail branches on 

the Virginia Peninsula, the acquisition of two retail branch buildings in the Richmond area and the relocation of the 

Bank’s operations departments to a new facility in the fourth quarter of 2005.  In addition, the Consumer Finance 

segment relocated its loan and administrative functions and staff to a new facility owned by the Bank in the third 

quarter  of  2005.    The  Retail  Banking  segment  will  continue  to  incur  additional  expenses  associated  with  its  new 

facilities throughout 2006.  An increase in noninterest expenses for the Mortgage Banking segment was attributable 

to higher production-based compensation and operating expenses due to an increase in production. 

INCOME TAXES 

Applicable income taxes on 2006 earnings amounted to $5.4 million, resulting in an effective tax rate of 30.9 

percent, compared with $5.2 million, or 30.5 percent, in 2005 and $5.0 million, or 30.9 percent, in 2004.  We do not 

consider these fluctuations in effective tax rates to be significant. 

29 

 
 
 
 
ASSET QUALITY 

Allowance and Provision for Loan Losses 

The allowance for loan losses represents an amount that, in our judgment, will be adequate to absorb any 

losses on existing loans that may become uncollectible.  The provision for loan losses increases the allowance, and 

loans charged off, net of recoveries, reduce the allowance.  The following table presents the Corporation’s loan loss 

experience for the periods indicated: 

TABLE 5: Allowance for Loan Losses 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Allowance, beginning of period 
Provision for loan losses: 
  Retail Banking and Mortgage Banking 
  Consumer Finance 
  Total provision for loan losses 
Loans charged off: 
  Real estate—residential 
  Commercial, financial and agricultural 
  Consumer 
  Consumer Finance 
  Total loans charged off 
Recoveries of loans previously charged off: 
  Real estate—residential 
  Commercial, financial and agricultural 
  Consumer 
  Consumer Finance 
  Total recoveries 
Net loans charged off 
Acquisition of C&F Finance Company 
Allowance, end of period 
Ratio of net charge-offs to average total loans 
  outstanding during period for Retail Banking and 
  Mortgage Banking 
Ratio of net charge-offs to average total loans 
  outstanding during period for Consumer Finance 

   2006 
$ 13,064  

       Year Ended December 31,           
   2004 
$ 8,657   

   2005 
$11,144   

   2003 
$6,722    

(250) 
4,875  
4,625  

32  
97  
229  
4,735  
5,093  

400   
5,120   
5,520   

—   
20   
227   
4,738   
4,985   

200   
3,826   
4,026   

—   
7   
96   
2,592   
2,695   

525    
2,642    
3,167    

—    
15    
86    
1,844    
1,945    

   2002 
$3,684   

500   
641   
1,141   

—   
161   
326   
573   
1,060   

1  
69  
146  
1,404  
1,620  
3,473  
—   
$ 14,216  

—   
49   
57   
1,279   
1,385   
3,600   
—   

—   
68   
39   
1,049   
1,156   
1,539   
—   
$13,064    $11,144   

—    
34    
33    
646    
713    
1,232    
—    
$8,657    

—   
47   
21   
196   
264   
796   
2,693   
$6,722   

.03%

.03%

—   

.01% 

.13%

2.76%

3.33%

1.78%

1.60% 

1.65%

During 2006, there was a $392,000 decline in the allowance for loan losses at the combined Retail Banking 

and Mortgage Banking segments compared to December 31, 2005.  The Bank’s nonperforming and accruing loans 

past due 90 days or more at December 31, 2005 consisted primarily of one commercial relationship to which we had 

allocated $865,000 of the allowance for loan losses.  In May 2006, the borrower sold the real estate collateral for these 

loans and the loans were repaid in full from the sale proceeds.  The decline in the allowance for loan losses resulting 

from  the  resolution  of  this  nonperforming  loan  relationship  was  offset  in  part  by  the  allocation  of  additional 

amounts  in  the  loan  loss  allowance  to  loans  downgraded  during  2006  and  increased  allocations  for  certain  loans 

based on risks associated with industry concentrations.  We believe that the current level of the allowance for loan 

losses  at  the  combined  Retail  and  Mortgage  Banking  segments  is  adequate  to  absorb  any  losses  on  existing  loans 

that may become uncollectible. 

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Consumer Finance segment, consisting solely of C&F Finance, accounted for the majority of the activity 

in the allowance for loan losses during 2006.  The decline in the provision for loan losses during 2006 resulted from 

lower net charge-offs as a result of the improvement in asset quality described below.  We believe that the current 

level of the allowance for loan losses at the Consumer Finance segment is adequate to absorb any losses on existing 

loans that may become uncollectible. 

Loan Loss Allowance Methodology-Retail and Mortgage Banking.  We conduct an analysis of the loan portfolio 

on a regular basis.  We use this analysis to assess the sufficiency of the allowance for loan losses and to determine 

the necessary provision for loan losses.  The review process generally begins with loan officers identifying problem 

loans  to  be  reviewed  on  an  individual  basis  for  impairment.    In  addition  to  these  loans,  all  commercial  loans  are 

considered  for  individual  impairment  testing.    Impairment  testing  includes  consideration  of  the current collateral 

value  for  each  loan,  as  well  as  any  known  internal  or  external  factors  that  may  affect  collectibility.    When  we 

identify  a  loan  as  impaired,  we  may  establish  a  specific  allowance  based  on  the  difference  between  the  carrying 

value  of  the  loan  and  its  computed  fair  value.    We  segregate  the  loans  meeting  the  criteria  for  special  mention, 

substandard,  doubtful  and  loss,  as  well  as  impaired  loans,  from  performing  loans  within  the  portfolio.    We  then 

group loans by loan type (e.g., commercial, consumer) and by risk rating (e.g., substandard, doubtful).  We assign 

each loan type an allowance factor based on the associated risk, complexity and size of the individual loans within 

the  particular  loan  category.    We  assign  classified  loans  a  higher  allowance  factor  than  non-rated  loans  within  a 

particular  loan  type  based  on  our  concerns  regarding  collectibility  or  our  knowledge  of  particular  elements 

surrounding  the  borrower.    Our  allowance  factors  increase  with  the  severity  of  classification.    Allowance  factors 

used for unclassified loans are based on our analysis of charge-off history and our judgment based on the overall 

analysis of the lending environment including the general economic conditions.  The allowance for loan losses is the 

aggregate of specific allowances, the calculated allowance required for classified loans by category and the general 

allowance for each portfolio type. 

In  conjunction  with  the  methodology  described  above,  we  consider  the  following  risk  elements  that  are 

inherent in the loan portfolio: 

•  Residential  real  estate  loans  and  equity  lines  of  credit  carry  risks  associated  with  the  continued  credit-

worthiness of the borrower and changes in the value of the collateral. 

•  Construction loans carry risks that the project will not be finished according to schedule, the project will not 
be  finished  according  to  budget  and  the  value  of  the  collateral  may  at  any  point  in  time  be  less  than  the 

principal amount of the loan.  Construction loans also bear the risk that the general contractor, who may or 

may not be a Bank loan customer, is unable to finish the construction project as planned because of financial 

pressure unrelated to the project. 

•  Commercial real estate loans may carry risks associated with the successful operation of a business or a real 
estate project, in addition to other risks associated with the ownership of real estate, because the repayment 

of these loans may be dependent upon the profitability and cash flows of the business or project. 

•  Commercial  business  loans  carry  risks  associated  with  the  successful  operation  of  a  business,  which  is 
usually the source of loan repayment, and the value of the collateral, which may depreciate over time and 

cannot be appraised with as much precision as real estate. 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•  Consumer loans carry risks associated with the continued credit-worthiness of the borrower and the value 
of the collateral (e.g., rapidly-depreciating assets such as automobiles), or lack thereof.  Consumer loans are 

more  likely  than  real  estate  loans  to  be  immediately  adversely  affected  by  job  loss,  divorce,  illness  or 

personal bankruptcy. 

Loan Loss Allowance Methodology – Consumer Finance.  The Consumer Finance segment’s loans consist of non-

prime automobile loans.  These loans carry risks associated with (1) the continued credit-worthiness of borrowers 

who are unable to meet the credit standards imposed by most traditional automobile financing sources and (2) the 

value of rapidly-depreciating collateral.  These loans do not lend themselves to a classification process because of 

the  short  duration  of  time  between  delinquency  and  repossession.    Therefore,  the  loan  loss  allowance  review 

process generally focuses on the rates of delinquencies, defaults, repossessions and losses.  Allowance factors also 

include  an  analysis  of  charge-off  history  and  our  judgment  based  on  the  overall  analysis  of  the  lending 

environment. 

The allocation of the allowance at December 31 for the years indicated and the ratio of related outstanding 

loan balances to total loans are as follows: 

TABLE 6: Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Allocation of allowance for loan losses, end of year: 

Real estate—residential mortgage 
Real estate—construction 
Commercial, financial and agricultural1 
Equity lines 
Consumer 
Consumer finance 
Unallocated 

Balance, December 31 

Ratio of loans to total year-end loans: 
Real estate—residential mortgage 
Real estate—construction 
Commercial, financial and agricultural1 
Equity lines 
Consumer 
Consumer finance 

1Includes loans secured by real estate 

    2006 

    2005 

    2004 

    2003 

    2002 

$     502   
136   
3,031   
134   
326   
9,890   
197   

$     402    
202    
3,776    
124    
214    
8,346    
--    

$     337   
129   
3,736   
92   
166   
6,684   
--   

$14,216   

$13,064    

$11,144   

22%
2   
44   
5   
2   
25   

20% 
4    
45    
5    
2    
24    

21%
3   
46   
5   
2   
23   

$   615    
112    
3,175    
98    
256    
4,401    
--    

$8,657    

22% 
3    
46    
4    
3    
22    

$   573   
107   
2,670   
94   
287   
2,957   
34   

$6,722   

23%
3   
47   
4   
3   
20   

100%

100% 

100%

100% 

100%

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonperforming Assets 

Table 7 summarizes nonperforming assets at December 31, of each of the past five years. 

TABLE 7: Nonperforming Assets 

Retail and Mortgage Banking 
(Dollars in thousands) 

     2006 

     2005 

     2004 

    2003 

  Total nonperforming assets 

Accruing loans past due for 90 days or more 

Nonaccrual loans 
Real estate owned 

$4,083     
—     
$4,083     
$3,826     
$4,718     
1.11%   
Nonperforming assets to total loans* and real estate owned 
1.29      
Allowance for loan losses to total loans* and real estate owned 
115.56      
Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming assets 
*Total loans above does not include consumer finance loans at C&F Finance, which are shown directly below. 

0.24%  
1.08     
452.98     

Allowance for loan losses 

$   955    
—    

$4,326    

$1,629    

$   955    

$4,336    
—    

$1,993    
8    

2002    

$1,656    
703    

$4,336    

$2,001    

$2,359    

$1,580    

$1,092    

$     69    

$4,460    

$4,256    

$3,765    

1.39%  
1.43     
102.88     

.72%  
1.52     
212.69     

.88%  
1.40     
159.60     

Consumer Finance 
 (Dollars in thousands) 

Nonaccrual loans 

Accruing loans past due for 90 days or more 

Allowance for loan losses 

Nonaccrual consumer finance loans to total consumer finance loans 

Allowance for loan losses to total consumer finance loans 

     2006 

     2005 

     2004 

    2003 

$   880    

$       8    

$9,890    

0.66% 

7.44% 

$1,819    

$     26    

$8,346    

1.64% 

7.51% 

$1,330    

$   481    

$6,684    

1.42% 

7.15% 

$1,149    

$   233    

$4,401    

1.44% 

5.52% 

2002     
$   688     
$   293     
$2,957     
1.02%  
4.40%  

Nonperforming assets and accruing loans past due 90 days or more of the combined Retail and Mortgage 

Banking  segments  at  December  31,  2005  consisted  primarily  of  one  commercial  relationship.    As  previously 

described,  these  loans  were  repaid  in  full  in  May  2006,  which  accounted  for  the  majority  of  the  decline  in 

nonperforming assets in 2006. 

Nonaccrual  loans  of  the  Consumer  Finance  segment  as  a  percentage  of  total  consumer  finance  loans 

declined  to  less  than  one  percent  since  December  31,  2005.    Despite  the  improvement  in  asset  quality,  we  have 

maintained  the  ratio  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  to  total  loans  at  7.44  percent  because  of  cyclical  behavior  in 

consumer finance delinquency trends and an increase in the amount of delinquent payment deferrals. 

In accordance with its policies and guidelines and consistent with industry practices, C&F Finance, at times, 

offers  payment  deferrals  to  borrowers,  whereby  the  borrower  is  allowed  to  move  up  to  two  payments  within  a 

twelve-month rolling period to the end of the loan, generally by paying a fee.  An account for which all delinquent 

payments are deferred is classified as current at the time the deferment is granted and therefore is not included as a 

delinquent account.  Thereafter, such an account is aged based on the timely payment of future installments in the 

same manner as any other account.  We evaluate the results of this deferment strategy based upon the amount of 

cash  installments  that  are  collected  on  accounts  after  they  have  been  deferred  versus  the  extent  to  which  the 

collateral underlying the deferred accounts has depreciated over the same period of time.  Based on this evaluation, 

we  believe  that  payment  deferrals  granted  according  to  our  policies  and  guidelines  are  an  effective  portfolio 

management  technique  and  result  in  higher  ultimate  cash  collections  from  the  portfolio.    Payment  deferrals  may 

affect the ultimate timing of when an account is charged off.  Increased use of deferrals may result in a lengthening 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
of  the  loss  confirmation  period,  which  would  increase  expectations  of  credit  losses  inherent  in  the  portfolio  and 

therefore increase the allowance for loan losses and related provision for loan losses. 

During  periods  of  economic  slowdown  or  recession,  delinquencies,  defaults,  repossessions  and  losses 

generally  increase  at  the  Consumer  Finance  segment.    These  periods  also  may  be  accompanied  by  decreased 

consumer demand for automobiles and declining values of automobiles securing outstanding loans, which weakens 

collateral coverage and increases the amount of a loss in the event of default.  Significant increases in the inventory 

of  used  automobiles  during  periods  of  economic  recession  may  also  depress  the  prices  at  which  we  may  sell 

repossessed automobiles or delay the timing of these sales.  Because C&F Finance focuses on non-prime borrowers, 

the actual rates of delinquencies, defaults, repossessions and losses on these loans are higher than those experienced 

in  the  general  automobile  finance  industry  and  could  be  more  dramatically  affected  by  a  general  economic 

downturn.    While  we  manage  the  higher  risk  inherent  in  loans  made  to  non-prime  borrowers  through  the 

underwriting criteria and collection methods employed by C&F Finance, we cannot guarantee that these criteria or 

methods  will  afford  adequate  protection  against  these  risks.    However,  we  believe  that  the  current  allowance  for 

loan  losses  is  adequate  to  absorb  any  losses  on  existing  Consumer  Finance  segment  loans  that  may  become 

uncollectible. 

We  generally  place  loans  at  the  Retail  Banking,  Mortgage  Banking  and  Consumer  Finance  segments  on 

nonaccrual status when the collection of principal or interest is 90 days or more past due, or earlier, if collection is 

uncertain  based  on  an  evaluation  of  the  net  realizable  value  of  the  collateral  and  the  financial  strength  of  the 

borrower.  Loans greater than 90 days past due may remain on accrual status if we determine we have adequate 

collateral  to  cover  the  principal  and  interest.    For  those  loans  that are carried on nonaccrual status, payments are 

first  applied  to  principal  outstanding.  As  previously  discussed,  interest  income  for  2006  included  $870,000  of 

nonaccrued  and  default  interest  collected  on  one  nonperforming  commercial  relationship  when  the  loans  were 

repaid in full in May 2006.  Excluding this transaction, we would have recorded additional gross interest income of 

$70,000  for  2006,  $270,000  for  2005  and  $202,000  for  2004  if  nonaccrual  loans  had  been  current  throughout  these 

periods.  Interest received on nonaccrual loans was $41,000 in 2006, $193,000 in 2005 and $55,000 in 2004. 

At  the  Consumer  Finance  segment,  automobiles  securing  the  loans  are  generally  repossessed  after  a  loan 

becomes more than 60 days delinquent.  Repossessions are handled by independent repossession firms engaged by 

C&F Finance and must be approved by a collections officer.  After the prescribed waiting period, the repossessed 

automobile  is  sold  by  a  third-party  auctioneer.    We  credit  the  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  the  automobile,  and  any 

other  recoveries,  against  the  balance  of  the  loan.    Proceeds  from  the  sale  of  the  repossessed  vehicle  and  other 

recoveries  are  usually  not  sufficient  to  cover  the  outstanding  balance  of  the  loan,  and  the  resulting  deficiency  is 

charged off.  The charge-off represents the difference between the actual net sale proceeds and the amount of the 

delinquent loan.  C&F Finance pursues collection of deficiencies when it deems such action to be appropriate. 

We  measure  impaired  loans  based  on  the  present  value  of  expected  future  cash  flows  discounted  at  the 

effective interest rate of the loan or, as a practical expedient, at the loan’s observable market price or the fair value 

of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.  We consider a loan impaired when it is probable that we will be 

unable to collect all interest and principal payments as scheduled in the loan agreement.  We do not consider a loan 

impaired  during  a  period  of  delay  in  payment  if  we  expect  the  ultimate  collectibility  of  all  amounts  due.    We 

maintain  a  valuation  allowance  to  the  extent  that  the  measure  of  the  impaired  loan  is  less  than  the  recorded 

investment.    The  balance  of  impaired  loans  at  December  31,  2006  was  $781,000  for  which  no  specific  valuation 

allowance was deemed necessary.  At December 31, 2005, the balance of impaired loans was $4.2 million for which 

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
a specific valuation allowance of $865,000 was provided.  In May 2006, the borrowers sold the real estate collateral 

for these loans and paid the loans in full from the sale proceeds.  The average balance of impaired loans was $2.24 

million for 2006,  $4.2 million for 2005 and $3.5 million for 2004. 

FINANCIAL CONDITION 

SUMMARY 

A  financial  institution’s  primary  sources  of  revenue  are  generated  by  its  earning  assets,  while  its  major 

expenses  are  produced  by  the  funding  of  those  assets  with  interest-bearing  liabilities.    Effective  management  of 

these  sources  and  uses  of  funds  is  essential  in  attaining  a  financial  institution’s  maximum  profitability  while 

maintaining an acceptable level of risk.  

At  December  31,  2006,  the  Corporation  had  total  assets  of  $734.5  million  compared  to  $672.0  million  at 

December  31,  2005.    The  increase  was  principally  a  result  of  an  increase  in  loans  held  for  sale,  loans  held  for 

investment  and  corporate  premises  and  equipment,  which  was  offset  in  part  by  a  decline  in  interest-bearing 

deposits  in  other banks.  Growth in loan demand was funded by reducing the amount the Corporation placed in 

lower-yielding  overnight  funds  and  increasing  its  borrowings.    The  increase  in  corporate  premises  resulted  from 

expenditures  associated  with  the  completion  of  the  Bank’s  Hampton  and  Yorktown  branches,  which  opened  in 

2006, the Bank’s Patterson Avenue branch in Richmond, which opened in January 2007, and the ongoing renovation 

of  one  branch  building  acquired  in  2005  and  located  in  the  Richmond,  Virginia  area.    Asset  growth  in  2005  was 

principally a result of increases in loans held for investment and corporate premises.  

LOAN PORTFOLIO 

General 

Through  the  Retail  Banking  segment,  we  engage  in  a  wide  range  of  lending  activities,  which  include  the 

origination, primarily in the Banking segment’s market area, of (1) one-to-four family and multi-family residential 

mortgage loans, (2) commercial real estate loans, (3) construction loans, (4) land acquisition and development loans, 

(5)  consumer  loans  and  (6)  commercial business loans.  We engage in non-prime automobile lending through the 

Consumer Finance segment and in residential mortgage lending through the Mortgage Banking segment with loans 

sold  to  third-party investors.  At December 31, 2006, the Corporation’s loans held for investment in all categories 

totaled $532.1 million and loans held for sale totaled $53.5 million. 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tables 8 and 9 present information pertaining to the composition of loans and maturity/repricing of loans. 

TABLE 8: Summary of Loans Held for Investment 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Real estate—residential mortgage 
Real estate—construction 

Commercial, financial, and agricultural
Equity lines 
Consumer 
Consumer finance 

1

Total loans 
Less allowance for loan losses 

Total loans, net 
  1 Includes loans secured by real estate  

                                     December 31,                                    

           2006 

           2005 

           2004 

           2003 

           2002  

$  115,557 
13,650 
236,157 

24,880 
8,951 
132,864 

532,059 
(14,216)

$  96,423  
20,222  
216,081  

24,662  
9,574  
111,141  

478,103  
(13,064) 

$  85,080 
13,315 
185,646 

18,490 
9,620 
93,464 

405,615 
(11,144)

$  77,878 
9,591 
167,207 

13,044 
11,405 
79,702 

358,827 
(8,657)

$  75,684  
8,572  
158,350  

12,181  
13,375  
67,194  

335,356  
(6,722) 

$517,843 

$465,039  

$394,471 

$350,170 

$328,634  

TABLE 9: Maturity/Repricing Schedule of Loans 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Variable Rate: 
  Within 1 year 
1 to 5 years 
  After 5 years 
Fixed Rate: 
  Within 1 year 
1 to 5 years 
  After 5 years 

December 31, 2006 

Commercial, Financial, 
and Agricultural 

Real Estate 
Construction 

$36,832
48,496
21,474

99,988
27,959
1,408

$  1,559      
--       
--       

12,091      
--       
--       

The increase in loans held for investment occurred predominantly in (1) the variable-rate categories of  real 

estate and commercial loans and (2) the fixed-rate category of consumer loans at C&F Finance.  Typically, growth in 

the  variable-rate  categories  will  favorably  affect  net  interest  margin  in  a  rising  rate  environment.    Fixed-rate 

consumer  loans  at  C&F  Finance  are  predominantly  funded  by  variable  rate  borrowings;  therefore,  net  interest 

margin will be negatively impacted in a rising interest rate environment. 

Credit Policy 

The Corporation’s credit policy establishes minimum requirements and provides for appropriate limitations 

on overall concentration of credit within the Corporation.  The policy provides guidance in general credit policies, 

underwriting  policies  and  risk  management,  credit  approval,  and  administrative  and  problem  asset  management 

policies.    The  overall  goal  of  the  Corporation’s  credit  policy  is  to  ensure  that  loan  growth  is  accompanied  by 

acceptable  asset  quality  with  uniform  and  consistently  applied  approval,  administration,  and  documentation 

practices and standards. 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential Mortgage Lending – Held for Sale 

The Mortgage Banking segment’s guidelines for underwriting conventional conforming loans comply with 

the  underwriting  criteria  established  by  Fannie  Mae  and/or  Freddie  Mac.    The  guidelines  for  non-conforming 

conventional  loans  are  based  on  the  requirements  of  private  investors  and  information  provided  by  third-party 

investors.  The guidelines used by C&F Mortgage to originate FHA-insured and VA-guaranteed loans comply with 

the  criteria  established  by  HUD  and  the  VA.   The conventional loans that C&F Mortgage originates or purchases 

that  have  loan-to-value  ratios  greater  than  80  percent  at  origination  are  generally  insured  by  private  mortgage 

insurance.  The borrower pays the cost of the insurance. 

Residential Mortgage Lending – Held for Investment 

The  Retail  Banking  segment  originates  residential  mortgage  loans  secured  by  properties  located  in  its 

primary  market  area  in  southeastern  and  central  Virginia.    The  Bank  offers various types of residential mortgage 

loans in addition to traditional long-term, fixed-rate loans.  Such loans include 10 and 15 year amortizing mortgage 

loans with fixed rates of interest and fixed-rate mortgage loans with terms of 20, 25 and 30 years but subject to call 

after five years at the option of the Bank. 

Loans  associated  with  residential  mortgage  lending  are  included  in  the  real  estate—residential  mortgage 

category in Table 8. 

Construction Lending 

The Retail Banking segment has an active construction lending program.  The Bank makes loans primarily 

for the construction of one-to-four family residences and, to a lesser extent, multi-family dwellings.  The Bank also 

makes construction loans for office and warehouse facilities and other nonresidential projects, generally limited to 

borrowers that present other business opportunities for the Bank. 

The amounts, interest rates and terms for construction loans vary, depending upon market conditions, the 

size and complexity of the project, and the financial strength of the borrower and any guarantors of the loan.  The 

term  for  the  Bank’s  typical  construction  loan  ranges  from  nine  months  to  15  months  for  the  construction  of  an 

individual residence and from 15 months to a maximum of three years for larger residential or commercial projects.  

The  Bank  does  not  typically  amortize  its  construction  loans,  and  the  borrower  pays  interest  monthly  on  the 

outstanding principal balance of the loan.  The interest rates on the Bank’s construction loans are fixed and variable.  

The Bank does not generally finance the construction of commercial real estate projects built on a speculative basis.  

For residential builder loans, the Bank limits the number of models and/or speculative units allowed depending on 

market  conditions,  the  builder’s  financial  strength  and  track  record  and  other  factors.    Generally,  the  maximum 

loan-to-value  ratio  for one-to-four family residential construction loans is 80 percent of the property’s fair market 

value,  or  85  percent  of  the  property’s  fair  market  value  if  the  property  will  be  the  borrower’s  primary  residence.  

The  fair  market  value  of  a  project  is  determined  on  the  basis  of  an  appraisal  of  the  project  conducted  by  an 

appraiser acceptable to the Bank.  For larger projects where unit absorption or leasing is a concern, the Bank may 

also obtain a feasibility study or other acceptable information from the borrower or other sources about the likely 

disposition of the property following the completion of construction. 

Construction  loans  for  nonresidential  projects  and  multi-unit  residential  projects  are  generally  larger  and 

involve a greater degree of risk to the Bank than residential mortgage loans.  The Bank attempts to minimize such 

risks  (1)  by  making  construction  loans  in  accordance  with  the  Bank’s  underwriting  standards  and  to  established 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
customers  in  its  primary  market  area  and  (2)  by  monitoring  the  quality,  progress  and  cost  of  construction.  

Generally,  the  maximum  loan-to-value  ratio  established  by  the  Bank  for  non-residential  projects  and  multi-unit 

residential  projects  is  80  percent;  however,  this  maximum  can  be  waived  for  particularly  strong  borrowers  on  an 

exception basis. 

Loans associated with construction lending are included in the real estate—construction category in Table 8. 

Consumer Lot Lending 

Consumer lot loans are loans made to individuals for the purpose of acquiring an unimproved building site 

for the construction of a residence that generally will be occupied by the borrower.  Consumer lot loans are made 

only  to  individual  borrowers,  and  each  borrower  generally  must  certify  to  the  Bank  his  intention  to  build  and 

occupy a single-family residence on the lot generally within three or five years of the date of origination of the loan.  

These  loans  typically  have  a  maximum  term  of  either  three  or  five  years  with  a  balloon  payment  of  the  entire 

balance  of  the  loan  being  due  in  full  at  the  end  of  the  initial  term.    The  interest  rate  for  these  loans  is  fixed  or 

variable at a rate that is slightly higher than prevailing rates for one-to-four family residential mortgage loans.  We 

do not believe consumer lot loans bear as much risk as land acquisition and development loans because such loans 

are not made for the construction of residences for immediate resale, are not made to developers and builders, and 

are not concentrated in any one subdivision or community.  In 2004, the Bank began purchasing lot loans originated 

by  C&F  Mortgage.    These  loans  must  satisfy  the  Bank’s  underwriting  criteria,  including  loan-to-value  and  credit 

score guidelines. 

Loans associated with consumer lot lending are included in the real estate—construction category in Table 

8. 

Commercial Real Estate Lending 

The Bank’s commercial real estate loans are primarily secured by the value of real property and the income 

arising  from  such  property.    The  proceeds  of  commercial  real  estate  loans  are  generally  used  by  the  borrower  to 

finance or refinance the cost of acquiring and/or improving a commercial property.  The properties that typically 

secure  these  loans  are  office  and  warehouse  facilities,  hotels,  retail  facilities,  restaurants  and  other  commercial 

properties.    The  Bank’s  present  policy  is  generally  to  restrict  the  making  of  commercial  real  estate  loans  to 

borrowers  who  will  occupy  or  use  the  financed  property  in  connection  with  their  normal  business  operations.  

However,  the  Bank  also  will  consider  making  commercial  real  estate  loans  under  the  following  two  conditions.  

First,  the  Bank  will  consider  making  commercial  real  estate  loans  for  other  purposes  if  the  borrower  is  in  strong 

financial  condition  and  presents  a  substantial  business  opportunity  for  the  Bank.    Second,  the  Bank  will  consider 

making  commercial  real  estate  loans  to  creditworthy  borrowers  who  have  substantially  pre-leased  the 

improvements to high-caliber tenants.  

The Bank’s commercial real estate loans are usually amortized over a period of time ranging from 15 years 

to  25  years  and  usually  have  a  term  to  maturity  ranging  from  five  years  to  15  years.    These  loans normally have 

provisions for interest rate adjustments after the loan is three to five years old.  The Bank’s maximum loan-to-value 

ratio for a commercial real estate loan is 80 percent; however, this maximum can be waived for particularly strong 

borrowers  on  an  exception  basis.    Most  commercial  real  estate  loans  are  further  secured  by  one  or  more 

unconditional personal guarantees. 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In recent years, the Bank has structured some of its commercial real estate loans as mini-permanent loans.  

The amortization period, term and interest rates for these loans vary based on borrower preferences and the Bank’s 

assessment  of  the  loan  and  the  degree  of  risk  involved.    If  the  borrower  prefers  a  fixed  rate  of  interest,  the  Bank 

usually offers a loan with a fixed rate of interest for a term of three to five years with an amortization period of up 

to  25  years.    The  remaining  balance  of  the  loan  is  due  and  payable  in  a  single balloon payment at the end of the 

initial term.  We believe that shorter maturities for commercial real estate loans are necessary to give the Bank some 

protection from changes in the borrower’s business and income as well as changes in general economic conditions.  

In the case of fixed-rate commercial real estate loans, shorter maturities also provide the Bank with an opportunity 

to  adjust  the  interest  rate  on  this  type  of  interest-earning  asset  in  accordance  with  the  Bank’s  asset  and  liability 

management strategies. 

Loans  secured  by  commercial  real  estate  are  generally  larger  and  involve  a  greater  degree  of  risk  than 

residential mortgage loans.  Because payments on loans secured by commercial real estate are usually dependent on 

successful  operation  or  management  of  the  properties  securing  such  loans,  repayment  of  such  loans  is  subject  to 

changes in both general and local economic conditions and the borrower’s business and income.  As a result, events 

beyond the control of the Bank, such as a downturn in the local economy, could adversely affect the performance of 

the Bank’s commercial real estate loan portfolio.  The Bank seeks to minimize these risks by lending to established 

customers and generally restricting its commercial real estate loans to its primary market area.  Emphasis is placed 

on the income producing characteristics and capacity of the collateral. 

Loans  associated  with  commercial  real  estate  lending  are  included  in  the  commercial,  financial  and 

agricultural category in Table 8. 

Land Acquisition and Development Lending 

Land acquisition and development loans are made to builders and developers for the purpose of acquiring 

unimproved  land  to  be  developed  for  residential  building  sites,  residential  housing  subdivisions,  multi-family 

dwellings and a variety of commercial uses.  The Bank’s policy is to make land acquisition loans to borrowers for 

the purpose of acquiring developed lots for single-family, townhouse or condominium construction.  The Bank will 

make  both  land  acquisition  and  development  loans  to  residential  builders,  experienced  developers  and  others  in 

strong financial condition to provide additional construction and mortgage lending opportunities for the Bank. 

The Bank underwrites and processes land acquisition and development loans in much the same manner as 

commercial construction loans and commercial real estate loans.  For land acquisition and development loans, the 

Bank  uses  lower  loan-to-value  ratios,  which  are  a  maximum  of  65  percent  for  raw  land,  75  percent  for  land 

development and improved lots and 80 percent of the discounted appraised value of the property as determined in 

accordance with the Bank’s appraisal policies for developed lots for single-family or townhouse construction.  The 

Bank can waive the maximum loan-to-value ratio for particularly strong borrowers on an exception basis.  The term 

of land acquisition and development loans ranges from a maximum of two years for loans relating to the acquisition 

of unimproved land to, generally, a maximum of three years for other types of projects.  All land acquisition and 

development loans generally are further secured by one or more unconditional personal guarantees.  Because these 

loans are usually in a larger amount and involve more risk than consumer lot loans, the Bank carefully evaluates the 

borrower’s assumptions and projections about market conditions and absorption rates in the community in which 

the property is located and the borrower’s ability to carry the loan if the borrower’s assumptions prove inaccurate. 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans associated with land acquisition and development lending are included in the commercial, financial 

and agricultural category in Table 8. 

Commercial Business Lending 

Commercial business loan products include revolving lines of credit to provide working capital, term loans 

to  finance  the  purchase  of  vehicles  and  equipment,  letters  of  credit  to  guarantee  payment  and  performance,  and 

other  commercial  loans.    In  general,  these  credit  facilities  carry  the  unconditional  guaranty  of  the  owners and/or 

stockholders. 

Revolving and operating lines of credit are typically secured by all current assets of the borrower, provide 

for  the  acceleration  of  repayment  upon  any  event  of  default,  are  monitored  monthly  or  quarterly  to  ensure 

compliance with loan covenants, and are re-underwritten or renewed annually.  Interest rates generally will float at 

a  spread  tied  to  the  Bank’s  prime  lending  rate.    Term  loans  are  generally  advanced  for  the  purchase  of,  and  are 

secured by, vehicles and equipment and are normally fully amortized over a term of two to five years, on either a 

fixed or floating rate basis. 

Loans  associated  with  commercial  business  lending  are  included  in  the  commercial,  financial  and 

agricultural category in Table 8. 

Home Equity and Second Mortgage Lending 

The Bank offers its customers home equity lines of credit and second mortgage loans that enable customers 

to  borrow  funds  secured  by  the  equity  in  their  homes.    Currently,  home  equity  lines  of  credit  are  offered  with 

adjustable rates of interest that are generally priced at the prime lending rate plus a spread.  Second mortgage loans 

are  offered  with  fixed  and  adjustable  rates.    Call  option  provisions  are  included  in  the  loan  documents  for  some 

longer-term,  fixed-rate  second  mortgage  loans,  and  these  provisions  allow  the  Bank  to  make  interest  rate 

adjustments for such loans.  Second mortgage loans are granted for a fixed period of time, usually between five and 

20  years,  and  home  equity  lines  of  credit  are  made  on  an  open-end,  revolving  basis.    Home  equity  loans,  second 

mortgage loans and other consumer loans secured by a personal residence generally do not present as much risk to 

the  Bank  as  other  types  of  consumer  loans.    In  2004,  the  Bank  began  purchasing  home  equity  lines  of  credit  and 

second  mortgage  loans  originated  by  C&F  Mortgage.    These  loans  must  satisfy  the  Bank’s  underwriting  criteria, 

including loan-to-value and credit score guidelines. 

Loans associated with home equity and second mortgage lending are included in the equity lines category 

in Table 8. 

Consumer Lending 

The  Bank  offers  a  variety  of  consumer  loans,  including  automobile,  personal  secured  and  personal 

unsecured,  credit  card,  and  loans  secured  by  savings  accounts  or  certificates  of  deposit.    The  shorter  terms  and 

generally higher interest rates on consumer loans help the Bank maintain a profitable spread between its average 

loan  yield  and  its  cost  of  funds.    Consumer  loans  secured  by  collateral  other  than  a  personal  residence  generally 

involve  more  credit  risk  than  residential  mortgage  loans  because  of  the  type  and  nature  of  the  collateral  or,  in 

certain cases, the absence of collateral.  However, the Bank believes the higher yields generally earned on such loans 

compensate for the increased credit risk associated with such loans.   

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans associated with consumer lending are included in the consumer category in Table 8. 

Automobile Sales Finance 

C&F Finance has an extensive automobile dealer network through which it purchases installment contracts 

throughout  its  markets.    Branch  personnel  have  a  specific  credit  authority  based  upon  their  experience  and 

historical loan portfolio results, as well as established underwriting criteria.  Although the credit approval process is 

decentralized,  C&F  Finance’s  application  processing  system  includes  controls  designed  to  ensure  that  credit 

decisions comply with its underwriting policies and procedures. 

Finance  contract  application  packages  completed  by  prospective  borrowers  are  submitted  by  the 

automobile  dealers  electronically  through  a  third-party  online  automotive  sales  and  finance  platform  to  C&F 

Finance’s  automated  origination  and  application  scoring  system,  which  processes  the  credit  bureau  report, 

generates all relevant loan calculations and recommends the contract structure.  C&F Finance personnel with credit 

authority  review  the  system-generated  recommendations  and  determine  whether  to  approve  or  deny  the 

application.    The  credit  decision  is  based  primarily  on  the  applicant’s  credit  history  with  emphasis  on  prior  auto 

loan history, current employment status, income, collateral type and mileage, and the contract-to-value ratio. 

C&F Finance’s underwriting and collateral guidelines form the basis for the credit decision.  Exceptions to 

credit  policies  and  authorities  must be  approved by a designated credit officer.  C&F Finance’s typical borrowers 

have experienced prior credit difficulties or have modest income.  Because C&F Finance serves customers who are 

unable  to  meet  the  credit  standards  imposed  by  most  traditional  automobile  financing  sources,  we  expect  C&F 

Finance  to  sustain  a  higher  level  of  credit  losses  than  traditional  automobile  financing  sources.    However,  C&F 

Finance generally charges interest at higher rates than those charged by traditional financing sources.  These higher 

rates should more than offset the increase in the provision for loan losses for this segment of the Corporation’s loan 

portfolio. 

Loans associated with automobile sales finance are included in the consumer finance category in Table 8. 

SECURITIES 

The  investment  portfolio  plays  a  primary  role  in  the  management  of  the  Corporation’s  interest  rate 

sensitivity and generates substantial interest income.  In addition, the portfolio serves as a source of liquidity and is 

used  as  needed  to  meet  collateral  requirements.    The  investment  portfolio  consists  of  securities available for sale, 

which  may  be  sold  in  response  to  changes  in  market  interest rates, changes  in prepayment risk, increases in loan 

demand, general liquidity needs and other similar factors.  These securities are carried at estimated fair value. 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following  table  sets  forth  the  composition  of  the  Corporation’s  securities  available  for  sale  in  dollar 

amounts  at  fair  value  and  as  a  percentage  of  the  Corporation’s  total  securities  available  for  sale  at  the  dates 

indicated: 

(Dollars in thousands) 

U.S. government agencies and 
  corporations 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Obligations of states and 
  political subdivisions 
  Total debt securities 
Preferred stock 
  Total available for sale securities 

  December 31, 2006 
Amount 

Percent 

  December 31, 2005 
Amount 

Percent 

$  6,222 
2,208 

  55,027 
  63,457 
4,127 
$ 67,584 

9% 
3 

 82 
 94 
  6 
100% 

$ 

6,118 
2,562 

52,524 
61,204 
4,097 
$  65,301 

9% 
4 

 81 
 94 
  6 
100% 

Table  10  presents  additional  information  pertaining  to  the  composition  of  the  securities  portfolio  by 

contractual maturity. 

TABLE 10: Maturity of Securities 

(Dollars in thousands) 

U.S. government agencies and corporations: 
Maturing within 1 year 
Maturing after 1 year, but within 5 years 
Maturing after 5 years, but within 10 years 
Maturing after 10 years 

   Total U.S. government agencies and corporations 

Mortgage backed securities: 
Maturing within 1 year 
Maturing after 1 year, but within 5 years 

   Total mortgage backed securities 

1

States and municipals:
Maturing within 1 year 
Maturing after 1 year, but within 5 years 
Maturing after 5 years, but within 10 years 
Maturing after 10 years 

   Total states and municipals 

2

Total securities:
Maturing within 1 year 
Maturing after 1 year, but within 5 years 
Maturing after 5 years, but within 10 years 
Maturing after 10 years 

   Total securities 
1

                                              Year Ended December 31,                                              
                  2004                   
                 2006                
Weighted 
Average 
Yield    

Weighted 
Average 
Yield    

Weighted 
Average 
Yield    

Amortized 
Cost 

Amortized 
Cost 

Amortized 
Cost 

                   2005                   

$      498    
2,747    
2,443    
625    

6,313    

38    
2,198    

2,236    

1,213    
16,254    
24,017    
12,437    

53,921    

1,749    
21,199    
26,460    
13,062    

2.97% 
4.46    
5.55    
6.82    

5.00    

3.39    
4.77    

4.75    

4.38    
6.06    
6.75    
6.41    

6.41    

3.95    
5.71    
6.64    
6.42    

$      --    
2,740    
3,495    
--    

6,235    

348    
2,240    

2,588    

1,103    
11,192    
22,592    
16,242    

51,129    

1,451    
16,172    
26,087    
16,242    

--% 
4.25    
5.01    
--    

4.68    

5.91    
4.70    

4.86    

4.85    
6.03    
6.92    
6.64    

6.60    

5.10    
5.53    
6.67    
6.64    

$ 6,508     
2,244     
1,994     
--     

10,746     

--     
3,039     

3,039     

732     
6,654     
21,744     
21,935     

51,065     

7,240     
11,937     
23,738     
21,935     

$62,470    

6.21% $59,952    

6.33% 

$64,850     

3.12%
3.44   
4.60   
--   

3.46   

--   
4.87   

4.87   

7.96   
6.29   
7.00   
6.77   

6.82   

3.61   
5.38   
6.80   
6.77   

6.18%

Yields on tax-exempt securities have been computed on a taxable-equivalent basis. 

2

Total securities excludes preferred stock at amortized cost of $3.9 million at December 31, 2006;  $4.1 million at December 31, 2005 and 
$4.9 million at December 31, 2004 (estimated fair value of $4.1 million at December31, 2006;  $4.1 million at December 31, 2005 and $5.3 
million at December 31, 2004). 

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DEPOSITS 

The  Corporation’s  predominant  source  of  funds  is  depository  accounts,  which  are  comprised  of  demand 

deposits,  savings  and  money  market  accounts,  and  time  deposits.    The  Corporation’s  deposits  are  provided  by 

individuals and businesses located within the communities served.  

Deposits  totaled  $532.8  million  at  December  31,  2006,  compared  to  $495.4  million  at  December  31,  2005.  

This increase was primarily attributable to (1) the increase in noninterest-bearing demand deposits, which totaled 

$90.3  million  at  December  31,  2006,  compared  to  $78.9  million  at  December  31,  2005  and  (2)  the  increase  in  time 

deposits,  which  totaled  $254.1  million  at  December  31,  2006,  compared  to  $221.3  million  at  December  31,  2005, 

which were offset in part by the decrease in savings and interest-bearing demand deposits from $195.2 million at 

December  31,  2005  to  $188.5  million  at  December  31,  2006.    The  increase  in  noninterest-bearing  deposits  resulted 

from  an  increase  in  municipal  deposit  accounts.    The  increase  in  time  deposits  resulted  from  the  effect  of  our 

competitive  rate-setting  strategies.    Total  deposits  at  December  31,  2005  increased  $48.3  million,  or  10.8  percent, 

over December 31, 2004.  Deposit growth in 2005 occurred in all of the Bank’s market regions and, in particular, at 

the Bank’s newest branches at the time in Newport News and Mechanicsville. 

Table  11  presents  the  average  deposit  balances  and  average  rates  paid  for  the  years  2006, 2005 and 2004.  

Table 12 details maturities of certificates of deposit with balances of $100,000 or more at December 31, 2006. 

TABLE 11: Average Deposits and Rates Paid 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Non-interest-bearing demand deposits  

Interest-bearing transaction accounts  
Money market deposit accounts  
Savings accounts  
Certificates of deposit, $100M or more  
Other certificates of deposit  

   Total interest-bearing deposits  

   Total deposits  

                                                           Year Ended December 31,                                                     

            2006         

Average
Balance

$79,472

87,074
44,820
49,644
79,873
152,879

414,290

$493,762

Average
Rate    

1.09%
2.20   
0.71   
3.98   
3.72   

2.69%

            2005         
Average
Balance

Average
Rate    

             2004            
Average 
Balance 

Average
Rate    

$   76,172

81,885
49,909
54,656
63,432
136,779

386,661

$462,833

0.89%
1.42   
0.70   
2.71   
2.74   

1.88%

$   69,281 

80,055 
42,797 
55,856 
56,480 
127,923 

363,111 

$432,392 

0.62%
0.77   
0.59   
1.92   
2.15   

1.37%

TABLE 12: Maturities of Certificates of Deposit with Balances of $100,000 or More 

(Dollars in thousands) 

3 months or less 
3-6 months 
6-12 months 
Over 12 months 

   Total 

December 31, 2006 

$12,415             
20,331             
53,751             
8,683             

$95,180             

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
BORROWINGS 

In addition to deposits, the Corporation utilizes short-term borrowings from the FHLB to fund its day-to-

day  operations.    Short-term  borrowings  also  include  securities  sold  under  agreements  to  repurchase,  which  are 

secured transactions with customers and generally mature the day following the day sold, as well as a short-term 

line of credit with a third-party lender for general corporate purposes.  Long-term borrowings consist of advances 

from the FHLB and advances under a non-recourse revolving bank line of credit.  All FHLB advances are secured 

by a blanket floating lien on all qualifying real estate loans.  The bank line of credit is non-recourse and is secured 

by  loans  at  C&F  Finance.    In  July  2005,  C&F  Financial  Statutory  Trust  I,  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  the 

Corporation,  was  formed  for  the  purpose  of  issuing  trust  preferred  capital  securities  to  partially  fund  the 

Corporation’s  purchase  of  427,186  shares  of  its  common  stock.    (For  further  information  concerning  our  share 

purchase,  refer  to  “Capital  Resources”  on  page  46.)    On  July  21,  2005,  the  Trust  issued  $10.0  million  of  trust 

preferred capital securities in a private placement to an institutional investor and $310,000 in common equity to the 

Corporation.    The  principal  asset  of  the  Trust  is  $10.3  million  of  the  Corporation’s  junior  subordinated  debt 

securities  (referred  to  herein  as  “trust  preferred  capital  notes”).    For  further  information  concerning  the 

Corporation’s  borrowings,  refer  to  Item  8,  “Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary  Data,”  under  the  heading 

“Note 7:  Borrowings.” 

OFF-BALANCE-SHEET ARRANGEMENTS 

To meet the financing needs of customers, the Corporation is a party, in the normal course of business, to 

financial  instruments  with  off-balance-sheet  risk.    These  financial  instruments  include  commitments  to  extend 

credit,  commitments  to  sell  loans  and standby letters of credit.  These instruments involve elements of credit and 

interest rate risk in addition to the amount on the balance sheet.  The Corporation’s exposure to credit loss in the 

event  of  nonperformance  by  the  other  party  to  the  financial  instrument  for  commitments  to  extend  credit  and 

standby letters of credit written is represented by the contractual amount of these instruments.  We use the same 

credit policies in making these commitments and conditional obligations as we do for on-balance-sheet instruments.  

We obtain collateral based on our credit assessment of the customer in each circumstance. 

Loan commitments are agreements to extend credit to a customer provided that there are no violations of 

the terms of the contract prior to funding.  Commitments have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses 

and  may  require  payment  of  a  fee  by  the  customer.    Since  many  of  the  commitments  may  expire  without  being 

completely drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.  The 

total amount of unused loan commitments was $93.3 million at December 31, 2006 and $97.9 million at December 

31, 2005. 

Standby  letters  of  credit  are  written  conditional  commitments  issued  by  the  Bank  to  guarantee  the 

performance  of  a  customer  to  a  third  party.    The  credit  risk  involved  in  issuing  letters  of  credit  is  essentially  the 

same as that involved in extending loans to customers.  The total contract amount of standby letters of credit, whose 

contract amounts represent credit risk, was $8.8 million at December 31, 2006 and $9.7 million at December 31, 2005. 

At December 31, 2006, C&F Mortgage had rate lock commitments to originate mortgage loans aggregating 

$23.8 million and loans held for sale of $53.5 million.  C&F Mortgage has entered into corresponding commitments 

with  third  party  investors  to  sell  loans  of  approximately  $77.3  million.    These  commitments  to  sell  loans  are 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
designed  to  eliminate  C&F  Mortgage’s  exposure  to  fluctuations  in  interest  rates  in  connection  with  rate  lock 

commitments and loans held for sale.  

C&F Mortgage sells substantially all of the residential mortgage loans it originates to third-party investors, 

some  of  whom  require  the  repurchase  of  loans  in  the  event  of  early  default  or  faulty  documentation.    Mortgage 

loans  and  their  related  servicing  rights  are  sold  under  agreements  that  define  certain  eligibility  criteria  for  the 

mortgage loans.  Recourse periods vary from 90 days up to one year and conditions for repurchase vary with the 

investor.  We include recourse considerations in our calculation of the Corporation’s capital adequacy.  Payments 

made under these recourse provisions were $62,000 in 2006, $29,000 in 2005 and $75,000 in 2004.  Risks also arise 

from the possible inability of counterparties to meet the terms of their contracts.  C&F Mortgage has procedures in 

place to evaluate the credit risk of investors and does not expect any counterparty to fail to meet its obligations. 

LIQUIDITY 

The objective of the Corporation’s liquidity management is to ensure the continuous availability of funds to 

satisfy the credit needs of our customers and the demands of our depositors, creditors and investors.  Stable core 

deposits  and  a  strong  capital  position  are  the  current  components  of  a  solid  foundation  for  the  Corporation’s 

liquidity position.  Additional sources of liquidity available to the Corporation include cash flows from operations, 

loan payments and payoffs, deposit growth, sales of securities, the issuance of brokered certificates of deposit and 

the capacity to borrow additional funds. 

Liquid  assets,  which  include  cash  and  due  from  banks,  interest-bearing  deposits  at  other  banks  and 

nonpledged  securities  available  for  sale,  totaled  $54.8  million  at  December  31,  2006.    The  Corporation’s  funding 
sources consist of (1) an established federal funds line with a regional correspondent bank that had no outstanding 
balance under a total line of $14.0 million as of December 31, 2006, (2) an established line with the FHLB that had 

$15.0 million outstanding under a total line of $131.4 million as of December 31, 2006, (3) a revolving line of credit 

with a third-party bank that had $77.3 million outstanding under a total line of $100 million as of December 31, 2006 

and (4) a revolving line of credit with a third-party bank that had $7.0 million outstanding under a total line of $7.0 

million as of December 31, 2006.  We have no reason to believe these arrangements will not be renewed at maturity. 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more maturing in less than a year totaled $86.5 million at December 31, 

2006; certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more maturing in more than one year totaled $8.7 million.  The following 

table presents the Corporation’s contractual obligations and scheduled payment amounts due at various intervals 

over the next five years and beyond as of December 31, 2006: 

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Payments Due by Period 

Total 

Less than 1 Year 

1-3 Years 

3-5 Years 

More than 5 Years 

Bank lines of credit 

     $  84,284  

        $ 7,000 

         15,000 

                 -- 

        $   -- 

             -- 

     $77,284 

               -- 

        $        -- 

          15,000 

         10,310 

                 -- 

             -- 

               -- 

          10,310 

FHLB advances1 
Trust preferred 
capital notes 

Securities sold under 

agreements to 
repurchase 

Operating leases 

           2,165 

              877 

           5,462 

           5,462 

             -- 

          894 

               -- 

            394 

                  -- 

                  -- 

     $117,221 

Total 
1The  FHLB  advances  include  an  early  conversion  option  for  the  FHLB,  at  its  discretion,  to  convert  the  existing  fixed-rate 
advances into three-month LIBOR-based floating rate advances.  The conversion options for the $15.0 million advances due in 
more than five years can be exercised in 2007.  We can elect to repay the advances on the conversion dates, but may incur a 
prepayment penalty depending on actions taken by the FHLB with regard to the conversion options. 

        $25,310 

       $13,339 

     $77,678 

        $894 

As a result of the Corporation’s management of liquid assets and the ability to generate liquidity through 

liability  funding,  we  believe  that  we  maintain  overall  liquidity  sufficient  to  satisfy  the  Corporation’s  operational 

requirements and contractual obligations. 

CAPITAL RESOURCES 

The  assessment  of  capital  adequacy  depends  on  such  factors  as  asset  quality,  liquidity,  earnings 

performance, and changing competitive conditions and economic forces.  We regularly review the adequacy of the 

Corporation’s capital.  We maintain a structure that will assure an adequate level of capital to support anticipated 

asset growth and to absorb potential losses.  

During 2006, we purchased 13,257 shares of the Corporation’s common stock in open-market transactions at 

an  average  price  of  $39.08  per  share  under  stock  purchase  programs  authorized  by  the  Corporation’s  board  of 

directors.    On  July  27,  2005,  the  Corporation  completed  a  tender  offer  and  purchased  427,186  shares  at  $41  per 

share.  The total cost of the share purchase, including transaction costs, approximated $17.6 million.  In December 

2005,  we  purchased  100  shares  in  an  open-market  transaction  at  $37.27  per  share  under  a  board-approved  stock 

purchase program.  The board of directors authorized these stock purchases because the Corporation’s capital level 

exceeded  its  ongoing  operational  needs  and  regulatory  requirements.    While  we  will  continue  to  look  for 

opportunities  to  invest  capital  in  profitable  growth,  share  purchases  are  another  tool  that  facilitates  improving 

shareholder return, as measured by ROE and earnings per share. 

Through  February  15,  2007,  we  have  purchased  101,200  shares  of  the  Corporation’s  common  stock  at  an 

average price of $41.26 per share under the current board-approved program to purchase up to 150,000 shares.  For 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
further  information  concerning  the  Corporation’s  share  purchases,  refer  to  Item  5,  “Market  for  Registrant’s 

Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.” 

The  Corporation’s  capital  position  continues  to  exceed  regulatory  minimum  requirements.    The  primary 

indicators  relied  on  by  bank  regulators  in  measuring  the  capital  position  are  the  Tier  I  capital,  total  risk-based 

capital,  and  leverage  ratios,  as  previously  described  in  the  “Regulation  and  Supervision”  section  of  Item  1.    The 

Corporation’s Tier I capital ratio was 11.3 percent at December 31, 2006, compared with 11.0 percent at December 

31, 2005.  The total capital ratio was 12.6 percent at December 31, 2006, compared with 12.2 percent at December 31, 

2005.  The leverage ratio was 9.6 percent at December 31, 2006, compared with 8.9 percent at December 31, 2005.  

These  ratios  are  in  excess  of  the  mandated  minimum  requirements.    The  trust  preferred  securities  issued  in 

connection with the July 2005 tender offer are treated as Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital adequacy determination 

purposes. 

Shareholders’ equity was $68.0 million at year-end 2006 compared with $60.1 million at year-end 2005.  The 

dividend  payout  ratio  was  30.2  percent  in  2006,  28.3  percent  in  2005  and  28.6  percent  in  2004.    During  2006,  the 

Corporation declared dividends of $1.16 per share, up 16 percent from $1.00 per share in 2005. 

We  are  not  aware  of  any  current  recommendations  by  any  regulatory  authorities  that,  if  implemented, 

would have a material effect on the Corporation’s liquidity, capital resources or results of operations. 

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS 

Recent accounting pronouncements affecting the Corporation are described in Item 8, “Financial Statements 

and  Supplementary  Data,”  under  the  heading  “Note  1:    Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies-Recent 

Accounting Pronouncements.” 

EFFECTS OF INFLATION  

The effect of changing prices is typically different for financial institutions than for other entities because a 

financial  institution’s  assets  and  liabilities  are  monetary  in  nature.    Interest  rates  are  significantly  impacted  by 

inflation,  but  neither  the  timing  nor  the  magnitude  of  the  changes  is  directly  related  to  price-level  indices.    The 

consolidated financial statements reflect the impacts of inflation on interest rates, loan demands and deposits.  

USE OF CERTAIN NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES 

In addition to results presented in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles 
(GAAP),  we  have  presented  certain  non-GAAP  financial  measures  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2006 
throughout this Form 10-K, which are reconciled to GAAP financial measures below.  We believe these non-GAAP 
financial measures provide information useful to investors in understanding the Corporation’s performance trends 
and facilitate comparisons with its peers.  Specifically, we believe the exclusion of a significant recovery of income 
recognized in a single accounting period permits a comparison of results for ongoing business operations, and it is 
on this basis that we internally assess the Corporation’s performance for 2006 and establish goals for future periods.  
Although  we  believe  the  non-GAAP  financial  measures  presented  in  this  Form  10-K  enhance  investors’ 
understandings of the Corporation’s performance, these non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered a 
substitute for GAAP financial measures. 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reconciliation of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures 
(Dollars in thousands, except for per share data) 

Net Income and Earnings Per Share 
  Net income (GAAP) 
  Nonaccrual and default interest attributable to loan 

transaction, net of income taxes (GAAP) 

  Reduction in loan loss allowance attributable to loan 

transaction, net of income taxes (GAAP) 

  Net income, excluding nonaccrual and default interest 
  and reduction in loan loss allowance attributable 

to loan transaction 

  Weighted average shares – assuming dilution (GAAP) 
  Weighted average shares – basic (GAAP) 
  Earnings per share – assuming dilution 

  GAAP 
  Excluding nonaccrual and default interest and 

  reduction in loan loss allowance attributable to 

loan transaction 
  Earnings per share – basic 

  GAAP 
  Excluding nonaccrual and default interest and 

  reduction in loan loss allowance attributable to 

  * 

A 

B 
C 
D 

For the Year Ended December 31, 

2006 

2005 

$12,129 

$11,788 

(565) 

(163) 

$11,401 
3,273 
3,152 

-- 

-- 

$11,788 
3,508 
3,375 

A/C 

$3.71 

$3.36 

B/C 

A/D 

$3.48 

$3.85 

$3.36 

$3.49 

loan transaction 

B/D 

$3.62 

$3.49 

Return on Average Assets 
  Average assets (GAAP) 
  Return on average assets 

  GAAP 
  Excluding nonaccrual and default interest and 

  reduction in loan loss allowance attributable to 

E 

$694,315 

$646,590 

A/E 

1.75% 

1.82% 

loan transaction 

B/E 

1.64% 

1.82% 

Return on Average Equity 
  Average equity (GAAP) 
  Return on average equity 

  GAAP 
  Excluding nonaccrual and default interest and 

  reduction in loan loss allowance attributable to 

F 

$63,949 

$66,594 

A/F 

18.97% 

17.70% 

loan transaction 

B/F 

17.83% 

17.70% 

Retail Banking Segment Net Income 
  Pretax income (GAAP) 
  Nonaccrual and default interest attributable to loan 

transaction, net of income taxes (GAAP) 

  Reduction in loan loss allowance attributable to loan 

transaction, net of income taxes (GAAP) 

  Pretax income, excluding nonaccrual and default interest 

  and reduction in loan loss allowance attributable 

$8,731 

$8,124 

(870) 

(250) 

-- 

-- 

to loan transaction 

$7,611 

$8,124 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reconciliation of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures (Continued) 
(Dollars in thousands, except for per share data) 

Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin 
  Net interest income (GAAP) 
  Taxable-equivalent adjustment 
  Taxable-equivalent net interest income (GAAP) 
  Nonaccrual and default interest attributable to loan 

transaction (GAAP) 

  Taxable-equivalent net interest income, excluding 

  nonaccrual and default interest attributable to loan 

transaction 

  Average interest-earning assets (GAAP) 
  Net interest margin (GAAP) 
  Net interest margin, excluding nonaccrual and default 

Interest attributable to loan transaction 

For the Year Ended December 31, 

  * 

2006 

2005 

$40,125 
  1,357 
41,482 

$36,773 
  1,418 
38,191 

(870) 

-- 

$40,612 

$38,191 

$632,069 

6.56% 

$593,696 

6.43% 

6.43% 

6.43% 

G 

H 

I 
G/I 

H/I 

*  The  letters  included  in  this  column  are  provided  to  show  how the various ratios presented in the Reconciliation of Certain 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures are calculated. 

ITEM 7A. 

 QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

The Corporation’s primary component of market risk is interest rate volatility.  Fluctuations in interest rates 

will impact the amount of interest income and expense the Corporation receives or pays on almost all of its assets 

and  liabilities  and  the  market  value  of  its  interest-earning  assets  and  interest-bearing  liabilities,  excluding  those 

which have a very short term until maturity.  The Corporation does not subject itself to foreign currency exchange 

rate  risk  or  commodity  price  risk  due  to  the  current  nature  of  its  operations.    The  Corporation  did  not  have  any 

outstanding hedging transactions, such as interest rate swaps, floors or caps, at December 31, 2006.  

The primary objective of the Corporation’s asset/liability management process is to maximize current and 

future  net  interest  income  within  acceptable  levels  of  interest  rate  risk  while  satisfying  liquidity  and  capital 

requirements. Management recognizes that a certain amount of interest rate risk is inherent and appropriate.  Thus 

the  goal  of  interest rate risk management is to maintain a balance between risk and reward such that net interest 

income is maximized while risk is maintained at an acceptable level. 

The  Corporation  assumes  interest  rate  risk  as  a  result  of  its  normal  operations.    The  fair  values  of  the 

Corporation’s financial instruments will change when interest rates change and that change may be either favorable 

or unfavorable to the Corporation.  Management attempts to match maturities of assets and liabilities to the extent 

believed necessary to minimize interest rate risk.  However, borrowers with fixed rate obligations are less likely to 

prepay in a rising rate environment and more likely to prepay in a falling rate environment.  Conversely, depositors 

who are receiving fixed rates are more likely to withdraw funds before maturity in a rising rate environment and 

less likely to do so in a falling rate environment.  Management monitors rates and maturities of assets and liabilities 

and  attempts  to  minimize  interest  rate  risk  by  adjusting  terms  of  new  loans  and  deposits  and  by  investing  in 

securities with terms that mitigate the Corporation’s overall interest rate risk. 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We use simulation analysis to assess earnings at risk and economic value of equity (EVE) analysis to assess 

economic value at risk.  These methods allow management to regularly monitor both the direction and magnitude 

of the Corporation’s interest rate risk exposure.  These modeling techniques involve assumptions and estimates that 

inherently  cannot  be  measured  with  complete  precision.    Key  assumptions  in  the  analyses  include  maturity  and 

repricing characteristics of both assets and liabilities, prepayments on amortizing assets, other embedded options, 

non-maturity deposit sensitivity and loan and deposit pricing.  These assumptions are inherently uncertain due to 

the timing, magnitude and frequency of rate changes and changes in market conditions and management strategies, 

among  other  factors.    However,  the  analyses  are  useful  in  quantifying  risk  and  provide  a  relative  gauge  of  the 

Corporation’s interest rate risk position over time.  

Simulation  analysis  evaluates  the  potential  effect  of  upward  and  downward  changes  in  market  interest 

rates  on  future  net  interest  income.    The  analysis  involves  changing  the  interest  rates  used  in  determining  net 

interest income over the next twelve months.  The resulting percentage change in net interest income in various rate 

scenarios is an indication of the Corporation’s shorter-term interest rate risk.  The analysis utilizes a “static” balance 

sheet  approach,  which  assumes  changes  in  interest  rates  without  any  management  response  to  change  the 

composition  of  the  balance  sheet.    The  measurement  date  balance  sheet  composition  is  maintained  over  the 

simulation time period with maturing and repayment dollars being rolled back into like instruments for new terms 

at current market rates.  Additional assumptions are applied to modify volumes and pricing under the various rate 

scenarios.  These include prepayment assumptions on mortgage assets, the sensitivity of non-maturity deposit rates, 

and other factors that management deems significant. 

The  simulation  analysis  results  are  presented  in  the  table  below.    These  results,  based  on  a  measurement 

date  balance  sheet  as  of  December  31,  2006,  indicate  that  the  Corporation  would  expect  net  interest  income  to 

increase  over  the  next  twelve  months  by  .10  percent  assuming  an  immediate  downward  shift  in  market  interest 

rates of 200 basis points (BP) and to decrease by 2.20 percent if rates shifted upward in the same manner. 

1-Year Net Interest Income Simulation (dollars in thousands) 

Assumed Market Interest Rate Shift 

-200 BP shock 
+200 BP shock 

Hypothetical Change in Net 
Interest Income for the Year Ended 
December 31, 2007 

Dollars 
$  43 
(977) 

Percentage 

0.10% 
(2.20) 

The EVE analysis provides information on the risk inherent in the balance sheet that might not be taken into 

account  in  the  simulation  analysis  due  to  the  shorter  time  horizon  used  in  that  analysis.    The EVE of the balance 

sheet is defined as the discounted present value of expected asset cash flows minus the discounted present value of 

the expected liability cash flows.  The analysis involves changing the interest rates used in determining the expected 

cash flows and in discounting the cash flows.  The resulting percentage change in net present value in various rate 

scenarios is an indication of the longer term repricing risk and options embedded in the balance sheet. 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The EVE analysis results are presented in the table below.  These results as of December 31, 2006 indicate 

that the EVE would increase 1.25 percent assuming an immediate downward shift in market interest rates of 200 BP 

and would decrease 5.96 percent if rates shifted upward in the same manner.  

Static EVE Change (dollars in thousands) 

Assumed Market Interest Rate Shift 

-200 BP shock 
+200 BP shock 

Hypothetical Change in EVE 
Dollars 
Percentage 
$ 1,314 
(6,255) 

1.25% 
(5.96) 

At our Mortgage Company, we enter into commitments to originate residential mortgage loans whereby the 

interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding (i.e., rate lock commitments).  The period of time between 

issuance  of  a  loan  commitment  and  closing  and  sale  of  the  loan  generally  ranges  from  15  days  to  90  days.  The 

Corporation protects itself from changes in interest rates by entering into loan purchase agreements with third party 

investors that provide for the investor to purchase loans at the same terms (including interest rate) as committed to 

the borrower.  Under the contractual relationship with the purchaser of each loan, the Corporation is obligated to 

sell  the  loan  to  the  purchaser  only  if  the  loan  closes.    No  other  obligation  exists.    As  a  result  of  these  contractual 

relationships with purchasers of loans, the Corporation is not exposed to losses nor will it realize gains related to its 

rate lock commitments due to changes in interest rates.  

We  believe  that  our  current  interest  rate  exposure  is  manageable  and  does  not  indicate  any  significant 

exposure to interest rate changes. 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 8. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA  

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share amounts) 

Assets 
Cash and due from banks 
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks 
  Total cash and cash equivalents 

Securities—available for sale at fair value, amortized cost of 
  $66,407 and $64,021, respectively 
Loans held for sale, net 
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $14,216 and $13,064, 

respectively 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock 
Corporate premises and equipment, net 
Accrued interest receivable 
Goodwill 
Other assets 

  Total assets 

Liabilities 
Deposits 
  Non-interest-bearing demand deposits 
  Savings and interest-bearing demand deposits 
  Time deposits 

  Total deposits 
Short-term borrowings 
Long-term borrowings 
Trust preferred capital notes 
Accrued interest payable 
Other liabilities 

  Total liabilities 

Commitments and contingent liabilities 

Shareholders’ Equity 
Preferred stock ($1.00 par value, 3,000,000 shares authorized) 
Common stock ($1.00 par value, 8,000,000 shares authorized, 
  3,182,411 and 3,140,868 shares issued and outstanding, respectively) 
Additional paid-in capital 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net 

  Total shareholders’ equity 
  Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

52 

               December 31,        

     2006 

     2005 

$   11,496
17,010
28,506

67,584
53,504

517,843
2,093
33,189
4,432
10,724
16,593
$ 734,468

$   90,260
188,450
254,125
532,835
12,462
92,284
10,310
1,915
16,656
666,462

— 

— 

3,159
324
64,402
121
68,006
$734,468

$  13,316 
29,562
42,878

65,301
39,677

465,039
1,876
29,147
3,664
10,724
13,651
$671,957

$  78,934 
195,211
221,293
495,438
13,529
78,475
10,310
1,306
12,813
611,871

— 

— 

3,141
183
55,930
832
60,086
$671,957

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) 

Interest income 

Interest and fees on loans 
Interest on money market investments 
Interest and dividends on securities 
  U.S. government agencies and corporations 
  Tax-exempt obligations of states and political subdivisions 
  Corporate bonds and other 
  Total interest income 

Interest expense 
  Savings and interest-bearing deposits 
  Certificates of deposit, $100M or more 
  Other time deposits 
  Borrowings 
  Trust preferred capital notes 
  Total interest expense 

Net interest income 
Provision for loan losses 

  Net interest income after provision for loan losses  

Noninterest income 
  Gains on sales of loans 
  Service charges on deposit accounts 
  Other service charges and fees 
  Gain on calls of available for sale securities 
  Other income 

  Total noninterest income 

Noninterest expenses 
  Salaries and employee benefits 
  Occupancy expenses 
  Other expenses 

  Total noninterest expenses 

Income before income taxes 
Income tax expense 
Net income 
Earnings per common share—basic 
Earnings per common share—assuming dilution 

                  Year Ended December 31,         
          2006 
            2005 

            2004 

$ 55,112
454

$45,035
523

$37,120
528

255
2,335
426
58,582

2,287
3,176
5,690
6,640
664
18,457
40,125
4,625
35,500

17,098
3,471
5,101
105
1,612
27,387

29,007
5,087
11,234
45,328
17,559
5,430
$  12,129
$      3.85
$      3.71

281
2,379
552
48,770

1,828
1,717
3,735
4,447
270
11,997
36,773
5,520
31,253

18,194
2,812
4,795
105
1,678
27,584

28,277
3,871
9,720
41,868
16,969
5,181
$11,788
$    3.49 
$    3.36 

351
2,386
458
40,843

1,152
1,086
2,751
2,560
— 
7,549
33,294
4,026
29,268

16,575
2,699
4,065
69
1,281
24,689

25,233
3,556
8,964
37,753
16,204
5,006
$11,198
$    3.14
$    3.00

See notes to consolidated financial statements.  

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) 

Balance December 31, 2003 
Purchase of common stock 
Stock options exercised 
Comprehensive income 
  Net income 
  Other comprehensive income, net of tax 
  Unrealized holding losses arising 

  during the period net of tax benefit of $171 

Comprehensive income 
Cash dividends ($.90 per share) 
Balance December 31, 2004 
Purchase of common stock 
Stock options exercised 
Comprehensive income 
  Net income 
  Other comprehensive income, net of tax 
  Unrealized holding losses arising 

  during the period net of tax benefit of $606 

Comprehensive income 
Cash dividends ($1.00 per share) 
Balance December 31, 2005 
Purchase of common stock 
Stock options exercised 
Stock-based  compensation 
Comprehensive income 
  Net income 
  Other comprehensive income, net of tax 
  Unrealized holding losses arising 

  during the period net of tax benefit of 

$36 
Comprehensive income 
Adjustment to initially apply SFAS 158, net of tax 

benefit of $346 

Cash dividends ($1.16 per share) 
Balance December 31, 2006 

  Common 
  Stock  

$3,612     
(89)    
16     

  Additional 
  Paid-In 
  Capital  
$  1,010      
(1,172)     
242      

  Comprehensive 
  Income  

  Retained 
  Earnings  

$58,487     
(2,160)    

$11,198      

11,198     

  Accumulated 
  Other 
  Comprehensive 
  Income  

$2,275          

Total  
$65,384      
(3,421)     
258      

11,198      

     (318)     
$10,880      

(318)          

(318)     

3,539     
(427)    
29     

80      
(371)     
474      

(3,202)    
64,323     
(16,842)    

1,957           

$11,788      

 11,788    

(3,202)     
69,899      
 (17,640)     
503      

 11,788      

   (1,125)     
$10,663      

(1,125)          

(1,125)    

3,141     
(14)    
32     

   183     
(504)    
548     
97     

(3,339)    
55,930     

     832           

$12,129      

12,129     

(3,339)    
60,086      
 (518)     
580      
97      

 12,129      

       (67)     
$12,062      

(67)          

(67)     

$3,159     

$   324     

(3,657)    
$64,402     

      (644) 

$     121           

   (644) 
(3,657)    
$68,006     

Disclosure of reclassification amount for the year ended December 31:  

Unrealized net holding (losses) gains arising during period 
Less:  reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income 
Net unrealized losses on securities 

        2006 

$         1     
         68     
$     (67)    

    2005 
$(1,057)     
          68      
$(1,125)     

 2004 
$(273)            
       45             
$(318)            

See notes to consolidated financial statements.  

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

(Dollars in thousands) 

                   Year Ended December 31,             
        2005 

        2004 

        2006 

Operating activities: 
  Net income 
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in)  

  operating activities: 
  Depreciation 
  Deferred income taxes 
  Provision for loan losses 
  Stock-based compensation 
  Accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums 

  on securities, net 

  Net realized gain on securities 
  Origination of loans held for sale 
  Sale of loans 
  Change in other assets and liabilities: 

  Accrued interest receivable 
  Other assets 
  Accrued interest payable 
  Other liabilities 

  Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities 

Investing activities: 
  Proceeds from maturities and calls of securities available for 

  sale 

  Purchase of securities available for sale 
  Purchase of FHLB stock 
  Redemption of FHLB stock 

Investment in statutory trust 
  Net increase in customer loans 
  Purchase of corporate premises and equipment 
  Disposal of corporate premises and equipment 

  Net cash used in investing activities 

Financing activities: 
  Net increase in demand, interest-bearing demand 

  and savings deposits 

  Net increase (decrease) in time deposits 
  Net increase in borrowings 

Issuance of trust preferred capital notes 

  Purchase of common stock 
  Proceeds from exercise of stock options 
  Cash dividends 

  Net cash provided by financing activities 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

Supplemental disclosure 

Interest paid 
Income taxes paid 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.  

55 

$    12,129     $     11,788    

$   11,198  

2,007    
(970)   
4,625    
97    

1,549    
(1,115)   
5,520    
—    

 35    
 (105)   
(944,300)   
 930,473    

 12    
 (105)   
(1,058,804)   
 1,067,693    

 (768)   
(2,580)   
 609    
3,843    
5,095    

 (623)   
2,393    
692    
(377)   
28,623    

7,671    
(9,987)   
(5,932)   
5,715    
—   
(57,429)   
(6,120)   
71    
 (66,011)   

11,990    
(6,142)   
(3,234)   
3,388    
(310)   
(76,088)   
(12,461)   
69    
 (82,788)   

4,565    
32,832    
12,742    
--    
(518)   
580    
(3,657)  
46,544    
  (14,372)   
42,878    

9,516    
38,788    
13,719    
10,310    
(17,640)   
503    
(3,339)   
51,857    
  (2,308)   
45,186    
$     28,506     $      42,878    

1,446  
(1,373) 
4,026  
—  

151  
(69) 
(912,657) 
893,824  

(451) 
(2,380) 
31  
979  
(5,275) 

48,411  
(18,719) 
(638) 
680  
—  
(48,327) 
(4,408) 
25  
(22,976) 

23,214  
(3,715) 
10,552  
—  
(3,421) 
258  
(3,202) 
23,686  
(4,565) 
49,751  
$   45,186  

$     17,848     $      11,305    
 6,653    

5,935    

$     7,518  
5,798  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

NOTE 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Principles  of  Consolidation:  The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  C&F 
Financial Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiary, Citizens and Farmers Bank.  All significant intercompany 
accounts  and  transactions  have  been  eliminated  in  consolidation.    In  addition,  C&F  Financial  Corporation  owns 
C&F Financial Statutory Trust I, an unconsolidated subsidiary.  The subordinated debt owed to the trust is reported 
as  a  liability  of  the  Corporation.    The  accounting  and  reporting  policies  of  C&F  Financial  Corporation  and 
subsidiary (the Corporation) conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America 
and to predominant practices within the banking industry. 

Nature of Operations: C&F Financial Corporation is a bank holding company incorporated under the laws of the 
Commonwealth of Virginia.  The Corporation owns all of the stock of its subsidiary, Citizens and Farmers Bank (the 
Bank), which is an independent commercial bank chartered under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia.  The 
Bank  and  its  subsidiaries  offer  a  wide  range  of  banking  and  related  financial  services  to  both  individuals  and 
businesses.   

The Bank has five wholly-owned subsidiaries:  C&F Mortgage Corporation and Subsidiaries (C&F Mortgage), C&F 
Finance  Company  (C&F  Finance),  C&F  Title  Agency,  Inc.,  C&F  Investment  Services,  Inc.  and  C&F  Insurance 
Services,  Inc.,  all  incorporated  under  the  laws  of  the  Commonwealth  of  Virginia.    C&F  Mortgage,  organized  in 
September  1995,  was  formed  to  originate  and  sell  residential  mortgages  and  through  its  subsidiaries,  Hometown 
Settlement  Services  LLC,  Certified  Appraisals  LLC,  Foundation  Home  Mortgage  and  C&F  Reinsurance  LTD, 
provides ancillary mortgage loan production services for loan settlement and residential appraisals.  C&F Finance, 
acquired on September 1, 2002, is a regional finance company providing automobile loans throughout Virginia and 
in  portions  of  Tennessee,  Maryland,  North  Carolina,  Ohio,  Kentucky  and  West  Virginia.    C&F Title Agency, Inc., 
organized  in  October  1992,  primarily  sells  title  insurance  to  the  mortgage  loan  customers  of  the  Bank  and  C&F 
Mortgage.    C&F  Investment  Services,  Inc.,  organized  in  April  1995,  is  a  full-service  brokerage  firm  offering  a 
comprehensive range of investment services.  C&F Insurance Services, Inc., organized in July 1999, owns an equity 
interest  in  an  insurance  agency  that  sells  insurance  products  to  customers  of  the  Bank,  C&F  Mortgage  and  other 
financial institutions that have an equity interest in the agency.  Business segment data is presented in Note 16. 

Use  of  Estimates:  The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally 
accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the 
reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the 
financial  statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the  reporting  period.    Actual 
results could differ from those estimates.  Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in 
the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the projected benefit obligation under the 
defined benefit plan, the valuation of deferred taxes and goodwill impairment. 

Significant Group Concentrations of Credit Risk:  Substantially all of the Corporation’s lending activities are with 
customers  located  in  Virginia,  Maryland  and  portions  of  Tennessee.    Note  3  discusses  the  Corporation’s  lending 
activities.    The  Corporation  invests  in  a  variety  of  securities,  principally  obligations  of  U.S.  government  agencies 
and  obligations  of  states  and  political  subdivisions.    Note  2 presents the Corporation’s investment activities.  The 
Corporation does not have any significant concentrations in any one industry or to any one customer. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents:  For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents 
include cash, balances due from banks and interest-bearing deposits in banks, all of which mature within 90 days. 

Securities:  Investments  in  debt  and  equity  securities  with  readily  determinable  fair  values  are classified as either 
held  to  maturity,  available  for  sale,  or trading, based on management’s intent.  Currently all of the Corporation’s 
investment  securities  are  classified  as  available  for  sale.    Available  for  sale  securities  are  carried  at  estimated  fair 
value  with  the  corresponding  unrealized  gains  and  losses  excluded  from  earnings  and  reported  in  other 

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
comprehensive income.  Gains or losses are recognized in earnings on the trade date using the amortized cost of the 
specific security sold. 

Loans Held for Sale: Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value, determined in the 
aggregate.  Fair value considers commitment agreements with investors and prevailing market prices.  Substantially 
all loans originated by C&F Mortgage are held for sale to outside investors. 

Loans: The Corporation makes mortgage, commercial and consumer loans to customers.  Loans that management 
has  the  intent  and  ability  to  hold  for  the  foreseeable  future  or  until  maturity  or  pay-off  generally  are  reported  at 
their  unpaid  principal  balances  adjusted  for  charges-offs,  unearned  discount,  any  deferred  fees  or  costs  on 
originated loans, and the allowance for loan losses.  Interest on loans is credited to operations based on the principal 
amount outstanding.  Unearned discounts on certain installment loans are recognized as income over the terms of 
the loans by a method that approximates the effective interest method.  Loan fees and origination costs are deferred 
and  the  net  amount  is  amortized  as  an  adjustment  of  the  related  loan’s  yield  using  the  level-yield  method.    The 
Corporation is amortizing these amounts over the contractual life of the related loans. 

Loans are generally placed on nonaccrual status when the collection of principal or interest is 90 days or more past 
due, or earlier, if collection is uncertain based on an evaluation of the net realizable value of the collateral and the 
financial  strength  of  the  borrower.    Loans  greater  than  90  days  past  due  may  remain  on  accrual  status  if 
management  determines  it  has  adequate  collateral  to  cover  the  principal  and  interest.    For  those  loans  that  are 
carried on nonaccrual status, payments are first applied to principal outstanding. 

The  Corporation  considers  a  loan  impaired  when  it  is  probable  that  the  Corporation  will  be  unable  to  collect  all 
interest and principal payments as scheduled in the loan agreement.  A loan is not considered impaired during a 
period of delay in payment if the ultimate collectibility of all amounts due is expected.  Impairment is measured on 
a loan by loan basis for commercial and construction loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows 
discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if 
the loan is collateral dependent.  Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for 
impairment.  Accordingly, the Corporation does not separately identify individual consumer and residential loans 
for impairment disclosures.  Consistent with the Corporation’s method for nonaccrual loans, payments on impaired 
loans are first applied to principal outstanding. 

Allowance for Loan Losses: The allowance for loan losses is established through charges to earnings in the form of 
a  provision  for  loan  losses.    Loan  losses  are  charged  against  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  when  management 
believes  that  the  collectibility  of  the  principal  is  unlikely.    Subsequent  recoveries,  if  any,  are  credited  to  the 
allowance. 

The  allowance  represents  an  amount  that,  in  management’s  judgment,  will  be  adequate  to  absorb  any  losses  on 
existing  loans  that  may  become  uncollectible.    Management’s  judgment  in  determining  the  adequacy  of  the 
allowance  is  based  on  evaluations  of  the  collectibility  of  loans  while  taking  into  consideration  such  factors  as 
changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions which may affect a borrower’s 
ability  to  repay,  overall  portfolio  quality  and  review  of  specific  potential  losses.    This  evaluation  is  inherently 
subjective, as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. 

The  allowance  consists  of  specific  and  general  components.    The  specific  component  relates  to  loans  that  are 
classified as loss, doubtful, substandard or special mention.  For such loans that are also classified as impaired, an 
allowance  is  established  when  the  discounted  cash  flows  (or  collateral  value  or  observable  market  price)  of  the 
impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan.  The general component covers non-classified loans and 
is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors. 

Off-Balance-Sheet Credit Related Financial Instruments:  In the ordinary course of business, the Corporation has 
entered  into commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit.  Such financial instruments are recorded 
when they are funded. 

Rate  Lock  Commitments:    The  Corporation  enters  into  commitments  to  originate  residential  mortgage  loans 
whereby  the  interest  rate  on  the  loan  is  determined prior to funding (i.e., rate lock commitments).  The period of 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
time between issuance of a loan commitment and closing and sale of the loan generally ranges from 15 to 90 days.  
The Corporation protects itself from changes in interest rates by entering into loan purchase agreements with third 
party  investors  that  provide  for  the  investor  to  purchase  loans  at  the  same  terms  (including  interest  rate)  as 
committed to the borrower.  Under the contractual relationship with the purchaser of each loan, the Corporation is 
obligated to sell the loan to the purchaser only if the loan closes.  No other obligation exists.  As a result of these 
contractual relationships with purchasers of loans, the Corporation is not exposed to losses nor will it realize gains 
related to its rate lock commitments due to changes in interest rates. 

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock: Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock is carried at cost.  No ready market exists 
for this stock and it has no quoted market value.  For presentation purposes, such stock is assumed to have a market 
value  that  is  equal  to  cost.  In addition, such stock is not considered a debt or equity security in accordance with 
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity 
Securities. 

Other Real Estate Owned: Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially 
recorded  at  fair  value  at  the  date  of  foreclosure,  establishing  a  new  cost  basis.    Subsequent  to  foreclosure, 
management  periodically  performs  valuations  and  the  assets  are  carried  at  the  lower  of  carrying  amount  or  fair 
value less cost to sell.  Revenue and expenses from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included 
in net expenses from foreclosed assets. 

Corporate  Premises  and  Equipment:  Land  is  carried  at  cost.    Buildings  and  equipment  are  carried  at  cost  less 
accumulated  depreciation  computed  using  a  straight-line  method  over  the  estimated  useful  lives  of  the  assets.  
Estimated  useful  lives  range  from  ten  to  forty  years  for  buildings  and  from  three  to  ten  years  for  equipment, 
furniture and fixtures.  Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred and major improvements are 
capitalized.  Upon sale or retirement of depreciable properties, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are 
netted against proceeds and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in income.  

Goodwill:  The  Corporation  adopted  SFAS  No.  142,  Goodwill  and  Other  Intangible  Assets,  effective  January 1, 2002.  
Accordingly, goodwill is no longer subject to amortization over its estimated useful life, but is subject to at least an 
annual  assessment  for  impairment  by  applying  a  fair  value  based  test.    Additionally,  under  SFAS  142,  acquired 
intangible assets (such as core deposit intangibles) are separately recognized if the benefit of the asset can be sold, 
transferred, licensed, rented or exchanged, and are amortized over their useful life. 

Sale  of  Loans:    Transfers  of  loans  are  accounted  for  as  sales  when  control  over  the  loans  has  been  surrendered.  
Control  over  transferred  loans  is  deemed  to  be  surrendered  when  (1)  the  loans  have  been  isolated  from  the 
Corporation, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that 
right) to pledge or exchange the transferred loans and (3) the Corporation does not maintain effective control over 
the transferred loans through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity. 

Income Taxes: The Corporation determines deferred income tax assets and liabilities using the liability (or balance 
sheet)  method.    Under  this  method,  the  net  deferred  tax  asset  or  liability  is  determined  annually  for  differences 
between  the  financial  statement  and  tax  bases  of  assets  and  liabilities  that  will  result  in  taxable  or  deductible 
amounts  in  the  future  based  on  enacted  tax  laws  and  rates  applicable  to  the  periods  in  which  the  differences are 
expected to affect taxable income.  Income tax expense is the tax payable or refundable for the period plus or minus 
the change during the period in deferred tax assets and liabilities. 

Retirement Plan:  The compensation cost of an employee’s pension benefit is recognized on the projected unit credit 
method  over  the  employee’s  approximate  service  period.    The  aggregate  cost  method  is  utilized  for  funding 
purposes. 

In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued SFAS No. 158, Employers’ Accounting 
for  Defined  Benefit  Pension  and  Other  Postretirement  Plans  –  an  amendment  of  FASB  Statements  No.  87,  88,  106,  and 
132(R).      SFAS  158  requires  an  employer  to  recognize  the  overfunded  or  underfunded  status  of  a defined benefit 
postretirement  plan  as  an  asset  or  liability  in  its  statement  of  financial  position  and  to  recognize  changes  in  that 
funded  status  in  the  year  in  which  the  changes  occur  through  comprehensive  income.    The  funded  status  of  a 
benefit plan will be measured as the difference between plan assets at fair value and the benefit obligation.  For a 

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
pension  plan,  the  benefit  obligation  is  the  projected  benefit  obligation.    For  any  other  postretirement  plan,  the 
benefit  obligation  is  the  accumulated  postretirement  benefit  obligation.    SFAS  158  also  requires  an  employer  to 
measure  the  funded  status  of  a  plan  as  of  the  date  of  its  year-end  statement  of  financial  position.    SFAS  158  also 
requires additional disclosure in the notes to financial statements about certain effects on net periodic benefit cost 
for the next fiscal year that arise from delayed recognition of the gains or losses, prior service costs or credits, and 
transition  asset  or  obligation.    The  Corporation  is  required  to  initially  recognize  the  funded  status  of  a  defined 
benefit  postretirement  plan  and  to  provide  the  required  disclosures  as  of  the  end  of  the  fiscal  year  ending  after 
December 15, 2006.  The requirement to measure plan assets and benefit obligations as of the date of the employers’ 
fiscal year-end statement of financial position is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008. 

The  Corporation’s  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  Citizens  and  Farmers  Bank,  has  a  non-contributory,  defined  benefit 
pension plan, which is subject to the provisions of SFAS 158.  A valuation of the Bank’s plan was performed as of 
October 1, 2006 and it was determined that the plan was underfunded.  As a result, the Bank made a $1.18 million 
contribution to the plan, which fully funded the plan’s projected benefit obligation as of the valuation date.  Further, 
in  connection  with  the  implementation  of  SFAS  158,  the  Corporation  recognized  $644,000  as  a  component  of 
accumulated other comprehensive income. 

Stock  Compensation  Plans:    At  December  31,  2006,  the  Corporation  has  three  stock-based  compensation  plans, 
which  are  described  more  fully  in  Note  12.    Effective  January  1,  2006,  the  Corporation  adopted  the  provisions  of 
SFAS  No.  123(R),  Share-Based  Payment,  which  requires  that  the  Corporation  recognize  expense  related  to  the  fair 
value of share-based compensation awards in net income. 

Prior to January 1, 2006, the Corporation accounted for its share-based compensation plans under the recognition 
and  measurement  principles  of  APB  Opinion  No.  25,  Accounting  for  Stock  Issued  to  Employees,  and  related 
Interpretations.    Accordingly,  stock  compensation  expense  was  not  recognized  in  net  income  because  all  options 
granted under these plans had an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the underlying common stock on 
the date of grant.  However, notes to prior financial statements included pro forma disclosures of the effect on net 
income and earnings per share as if the Corporation had applied the fair value recognition provision of SFAS No. 
123,  Accounting  for  Stock-Based  Compensation,  to  share-based  compensation.    The  following  table  presents  the  pro 
forma disclosures for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004. 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) 

Net income, as reported 
Total stock-based compensation expense determined 
under fair value based method for all awards 

Pro forma net income 
Earnings per share: 

Basic – as reported 
Basic – pro forma 
Diluted – as reported 
Diluted – pro forma 

  Year Ended December 31,   

2005 

2004 

$11,788 

$11,198 

(2,305) 
$  9,483 

$  3.49 
$  2.81 
$  3.36 
$  2.70 

(605) 
$10,593 

$  3.14 
$  2.97 
$  3.00 
$  2.84 

The Corporation has elected to follow the modified prospective transition method allowed by SFAS 123(R).  Under 
the  modified  prospective  transition  method,  compensation  expense  is  recognized  prospectively  for  all  unvested 
options  outstanding  at  January  1,  2006  and  for  all  awards  modified  or  granted  after  that  date.    On  December  20, 
2005,  the  Corporation  accelerated  the  vesting  of  all  unvested  stock  options  outstanding  under  the  Corporation’s 
three share-based compensation plans.  The board of directors accelerated the vesting of these options in order to 
eliminate  the  Corporation’s  recognition  of  compensation  expense  associated  with  these  options  under  the  SFAS 
123(R) modified prospective transition method.  Because there were no unvested options outstanding at January 1, 
2006,  no  share-based  compensation  expense  has  been  recognized  in  2006  for  options  granted  prior  to  January  1, 
2006. 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Compensation  expense  for  grants  of  restricted  shares  is  accounted  for  using  the  fair  market  value  of  the 
Corporation’s  common  stock  on  the  date  the  restricted  shares  are  awarded.    Compensation  expense  for  grants  of 
stock options is accounted for using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.  Compensation expense for restricted 
shares and stock options is charged to income ratably over the vesting period.  Compensation expense for the year 
ended December 31, 2006 included $97,000 ($60,000 after tax) for options and restricted stock granted during 2006.  
As of December 31, 2006, there was $929,000 of total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested stock 
options and restricted stock that will be recognized over the remaining vesting periods.  SFAS 123(R) requires the 
Corporation to estimate forfeitures when recognizing compensation expense and that this estimate of forfeitures be 
adjusted over the requisite service period or vesting schedule based on the extent to which actual forfeitures differ 
from  such  estimates.    Changes  in  estimated  forfeitures  in  future  periods,  if  any,  will  be  recognized  through  a 
cumulative catch-up adjustment in the period of change, which will impact the amount of estimated unamortized 
compensation expense to be recognized in future periods. 

Earnings  Per  Common  Share:  Basic  earnings  per  share  represents  income  available  to  common  shareholders 
divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period.  Diluted earnings per 
share  reflects  additional  common  shares  that  would have been outstanding  if potentially-dilutive common shares 
had  been  issued,  as  well  as  any  adjustment  to  income  that  would  result  from  the  assumed  issuance.    Potential 
common shares that may be issued by the Corporation relate to outstanding stock options and unvested restricted 
shares and are determined using the treasury stock method.  Earnings per share calculations are presented in Note 
8. 

Comprehensive  Income:  Accounting  principles  generally  require  that  recognized  revenue,  expenses,  gains  and 
losses be included in net income.  Although certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as unrealized gains and 
losses  on  available  for  sale  securities,  are  reported  as  a  separate  component  of  the  equity  section  of  the  balance 
sheet,  such  items,  along  with  net  income,  are  components  of  comprehensive  income.    These  components  are 
presented in the Corporation’s Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity. 

Shareholders’ Equity:  During 2006, the Corporation purchased 13,257 shares of its common stock in open-market 
transactions.  Purchases of 135 shares at prices between $39.50 and $39.99 per share were made in accordance with a 
board-approved stock purchase program, which will expire in November 2007.  Purchases of 13,122 shares at prices 
between  $37.75  and  $40.00  per  share  were  made  in  accordance  with  a  board-approved  stock  purchase  program, 
which expired in November 2006. 

On July 27, 2005, the Corporation completed a tender offer and purchased 427,186 shares of its common stock at $41 
per share.  The total cost of the share purchase, including transaction costs, approximated $17.64 million.  Refer to 
Note 7 for a discussion of the issuance of trust preferred capital securities and the Corporation’s related issuance of 
trust  preferred  capital  notes  to  partially  fund  this  purchase.    In  December  2005,  the  Corporation  purchased  100 
shares in an open-market transaction at $37.27 per share under the previously-mentioned stock purchase program. 

During 2004, the Corporation purchased 26,200 shares of its common stock in privately negotiated transactions and 
62,850  shares  in  open-market  transactions  at  prices  between  $35.00  and  $41.50  per  share.    The  purchases  in  2004 
were made in accordance with a board-approved stock purchase program, which expired in January 2005. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements:   

In  September  2006,  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (SEC)  released  Staff  Accounting  Bulletin  (SAB)  No. 
108.    SAB  108  expresses  the  SEC  staff’s  views  regarding  the  process  of  quantifying  financial  statement 
misstatements.    SAB  108  expresses  the  SEC  staff’s  view  that  a  registrant’s  materiality  evaluation  of  an  identified 
unadjusted error should quantify the effects of the error on each financial statement and related financial statement 
disclosures  and  that  prior  year  misstatements  should  be  considered  in  quantifying  misstatements  in  current  year 
financial statements.  SAB 108 also states that correcting prior year financial statements for immaterial errors would 
not require previously filed reports to be amended.  Such correction may be made the next time the registrant files 
the  prior  year  financial  statements.    The  cumulative  effect  of  the  initial  application  should  be  reported  in  the 
carrying amounts of assets and liabilities as of the beginning of that fiscal year and the offsetting adjustment should 
be  made  to  the  opening  balance  of  retained  earnings  for  that  year.    Registrants  should  disclose  the  nature  and 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
amount  of  each  individual  error  being  corrected  in  the  cumulative  adjustment.    The  SEC  staff  encourages  early 
application of the guidance in SAB 108 for interim periods of the first fiscal year ending after November 15, 2006.  
The implementation of SAB 108 did not have a material effect on the Corporation’s financial statements. 

In February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155, Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments – an amendment 
of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140.   SFAS 155 permits fair value measurement of any hybrid financial instrument 
that  contains  an  embedded  derivative  that  otherwise  would  require  bifurcation.    SFAS  155  also  clarifies  which 
interest-only  strips  and  principal-only  strips  are  not  subject  to  the  requirements  of  SFAS  133.    It  establishes  a 
requirement to evaluate interests in securitized financial assets to identify interests that are freestanding derivatives 
or that are hybrid financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative requiring bifurcation.  SFAS 155 also 
clarifies that concentrations of credit risk in the form of subordination are not embedded derivatives.  SFAS 155 is 
effective for all financial instruments acquired or issued after the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins 
after September 15, 2006.  The Corporation does not expect the implementation of SFAS 155 to have a material effect 
on its financial statements. 

In March 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 156,  Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets – an amendment of FASB 
Statement  No.  140.    SFAS  156  requires  an  entity  to  recognize  a  servicing  asset  or  servicing  liability  each  time  it 
undertakes  an  obligation  to  service  a  financial  asset  by  entering  into  certain  servicing  contracts.      SFAS  156  also 
requires all separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities to be initially measured at fair value, if 
practicable.  SFAS 156 permits an entity to choose between the amortization and fair value methods for subsequent 
measurements.    At  initial  adoption,  SFAS  156 permits a one-time reclassification of available for sale securities to 
trading  securities  by  entities  with  recognized  servicing  rights.    SFAS  156  also  requires  separate  presentation  of 
servicing assets and servicing  liabilities subsequently measured at fair value in the statement of financial position 
and additional disclosures for all separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities.  This Statement is 
effective  as  of  the  beginning  of  an  entity’s  first  fiscal  year  that  begins  after  September 15, 2006.  The Corporation 
does not expect the implementation of SFAS 156 to have a material effect on its financial statements. 

In  September  2006,  the  FASB  issued  SFAS  No.  157,  Fair  Value  Measurements.      SFAS  157  defines  fair  value, 
establishes  a  framework  for  measuring  fair  value  in  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  expands 
disclosures about fair value measurements.  SFAS 157 does not require any new fair value measurements but may 
change  current  practice  for  some  entities.    SFAS  157  is  effective  for  financial  statements  issued  for  fiscal  years 
beginning  after  November  15,  2007.    The  Corporation  does  not  expect  the  implementation  of  SFAS  157  to have a 
material effect on its financial statements. 

In June 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes: An Interpretation of 
FASB Statement No. 109, (FIN 48).   FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an 
entity’s  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  SFAS  109.    FIN  48  prescribes  a  recognition  threshold  and 
measurement principles for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected 
to  be  taken  on  a  tax  return  that  are  not  certain  to  be  realized.    FIN  48  is  effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after 
December 15, 2006.  The Corporation does not expect the implementation of FIN 48 to have a material effect on its 
financial statements. 

In  September  2006,  the  Emerging  Issues  Task  Force  issued  EITF  06-4,  Accounting  for  Deferred  Compensation  and 
Postretirement Benefit Aspects of Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements.  EITF 06-4 concludes that for a 
split-dollar life insurance arrangement within the scope of this Issue, an employer should recognize a liability for 
future benefits in accordance with SFAS 106 (if, in substance, a postretirement benefit plan exits) or APB Opinion 
No. 12 (if the arrangement is, in substance, an individual deferred compensation contract) based on the substantive 
agreement  with  the  employee.  The  consensus  is  effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  2007.  The 
Corporation  is  currently  evaluating  the  effect  that  EITF  No.  06-4  will  have  on  its  financial  statements  when 
implemented.  

In  September  2006,  the  Emerging  Issues  Task  Force  issued  EITF  06-5,  Accounting  for  Purchases  of  Life  Insurance- 
Determining the Amount That Could Be Realized in Accordance with FASB Technical Bulletin No. 85-4.  This consensus 
concludes  that  a  policyholder  should  consider  any  additional  amounts  included  in  the  contractual  terms  of  the 
insurance policy other than the cash surrender value in determining the amount that could be realized under the 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
insurance contract. A consensus also was reached that a policyholder should determine the amount that could be 
realized under the life insurance contract assuming the surrender of an individual-life by individual-life policy (or 
certificate by certificate in a group policy). The consensuses are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 
15, 2006. The Corporation is currently evaluating the effect that EITF No. 06-5 will have on its financial statements 
when implemented. 

NOTE 2: Securities 

Debt and equity securities are summarized as follows:  

(Dollars in thousands)  

Available for Sale 
U.S. government agencies and corporations 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions 
Preferred stock 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Available for Sale 
U.S. government agencies and corporations 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions 
Preferred stock 

December 31, 2006 
Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses  

  Gross 
  Unrealized 
  Gains 

$       3     
6     
1,165     
219     
$1,393     

$ (94)       
(34)       
(59)       
(29)       
$(216)       

Amortized 
Cost 
$  6,313    
2,236    
53,921    
3,937    
$66,407    

    Estimated 
    Fair Value 
 $  6,222     
2,208     
55,027     
4,127     
$67,584     

  Gross 
  Unrealized 
  Gains 

December 31, 2005 
Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses  
$ (120)       
(37)       
(58)       
(223)       
$(438)       

$      3     
11     
1,453     
251     
$1,718     

Amortized 
Cost 
$  6,235    
 2,588    
51,129    
4,069    
$64,021    

    Estimated 
    Fair Value 
$  6,118     
2,562     
52,524     
4,097     
$65,301     

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities at December 31, 2006, by contractual maturity, are shown 
below.  Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to prepay 
obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. 

(Dollars in thousands)   

Available for Sale 
Due in one year or less 
Due after one year through five years 
Due after five years through ten years 
Due after ten years 
Preferred stock 

    December 31, 2006     

 Amortized 
 Cost 
$  1,749    
21,199    
26,460    
13,062    
3,937    
$ 66,407    

     Estimated 
     Fair Value 
$ 1,735     
21,276     
27,071     
13,375     
4,127     
$67,584     

Proceeds from the maturities and calls of securities available for sale in 2006 were $7.67 million, resulting in gross 
realized gains of $105,000.  Securities with an aggregate amortized cost of $40.47 million and an aggregate fair value 
of $41.27 million were pledged at December 31, 2006 to secure public deposits, Federal Reserve Bank treasury, tax 
and loan deposits and repurchase agreements. 

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from the maturities and calls of securities available for sale in 2005 were $11.99 million, resulting in gross 
realized gains of $105,000.  Proceeds from the maturities and calls of securities available for sale in 2004 were $48.41 
million, resulting in gross realized gains of $69,000. 

Securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2006, by duration of the period of the unrealized loss, are 
shown below. 

(Dollars in thousands) 

U.S government agencies 

and corporations 

Mortgage-backed securities 
Obligations of states and 
political subdivisions 
Subtotal-debt securities 
Preferred stock 
Total temporarily impaired 

Less Than 12 Months 
Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

12 Months or More 
Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

Total 

Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

 $   476 
   1,246 

   2,284 
   4,006 
      585 

  $   2 
     33 

     10 
     45 
     10 

 $   4,654 
         427 

      4,530 
      9,611 
      1,178 

 $   92 
        1 

      49 
    142 
      19 

 $  5,130 
    1,673 

    6,814 
  13,617 
    1,763 

securities 

$4,591 

   $55 

 $10,789 

 $161 

$15,380 

The primary cause of the temporary impairments in the Corporation’s investment in debt securities was the decline 
in  prices  as  interest  rates  have  risen.    There  are  33  securities  totaling  $13.62  million  in  the  Corporation’s  debt 
securites portfolio considered temporarily impaired at December 31, 2006.  Because the Corporation has the ability 
and intent to hold these investments until a recovery of fair value, which may be maturity, the Corporation does not 
consider  these  investments  to  be  other-than-temporarily  impaired  at  December  31,  2006.    The  temporary 
impairments in the Corporation’s investment in preferred stock have declined to $29,000 at December 31, 2006 from 
$223,000 at December 31, 2005.  The primary cause of the temporary impairment in the Corporation’s investment in 
preferred stock at December 31, 2005 was one holding in an energy company, which suffered a liquidity crisis as a 
result of damage to electric and gas facilities by Hurricanes Katrina and Rita.  The fair value of the Corporation’s 
investment in this company recovered almost entirely during 2006. 

Securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2005, by duration of the period of the unrealized loss, are 
shown  below.    No  impairment  has  been  recognized  on  any  of  the  securities  in  a  loss  position  because  of 
management’s intent and demonstrated ability to hold securities to scheduled maturity or call dates. 

(Dollars in thousands) 

U.S government agencies 

and corporations 

Mortgage-backed securities 
Obligations of states and 
political subdivisions 
Subtotal-debt securities 
Preferred stock 
Total temporarily impaired 

Less Than 12 Months 
Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

12 Months or More 
Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

Total 

Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

 $2,463 
   1,002 

   5,094 
   8,559 
      592 

  $ 36 
     10 

     32 
     78 
   218 

 $3,158 
      535 

   1,529 
   5,222 
      523 

$  84 
    27 

    26 
  137 
      5 

 $ 5,621 
    1,537 

    6,623 
  13,781 
    1,115 

$  94 
    34 

    59 
  187 
    29 

$216 

$120 
    37 

    58 
  215 
  223 

$438 

securities 

$9,151 

$296 

 $5,745 

 $142 

$14,896 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 3: Loans 

Major classifications of loans are summarized as follows:  

(Dollars in thousands)   

Real estate—mortgage 
Real estate—construction 
Commercial, financial and agricultural 
Equity lines 
Consumer 
Consumer finance 

Less unearned loan fees 

Less allowance for loan losses 

                       December 31,           

          2006 

          2005 

$115,885    
13,650    
236,157    
24,880    
8,951    
132,864    
532,387    
(328)   
 532,059    
(14,216)   
$ 517,843    

$  96,850  
20,222  
216,081  
24,662  
9,574  
111,141  
478,530  
(427) 
478,103  
(13,064) 
$465,039  

Loans  on  nonaccrual  status  were  $1.84  million  and  $5.90  million  at  December  31,  2006  and  2005,  respectively.    If 
interest  income  had  been  recognized  on  nonaccrual  loans  at  their  stated  rates  during  fiscal  years  2006,  2005  and 
2004,  interest  income  would  have  increased  by  approximately  $70,000,  $270,000  and  $202,000,  respectively.  
Accruing loans past due for 90 days or more were $1.64 million and $3.85 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, 
respectively.  The balance of impaired loans at December 31, 2006 was $781,000.  The most significant component of 
nonaccrual  and  90-day  delinquent  accruing  loans  at  December  31,  2005  was  one  commercial  relationship,  which 
also  comprised  the  balance  of  impaired  loans  of  $4.22  million  at  December  31,  2005  and  for  which  a  specific 
valuation allowance of $865,000 was provided.  In May 2006, the borrowers sold the real estate collateral for these 
loans and paid the loans in full from the sale proceeds.  The average balances of impaired loans for 2006, 2005 and 
2004 were $2.24 million, $4.22 million and $3.47 million, respectively. 

NOTE 4: Allowance for Loan Losses  

Changes in the allowance for loan losses were as follows:  

(Dollars in thousands)   

Balance at the beginning of year 
Provision charged to operations 
Loans charged off 
Recoveries of loans previously charged off 
Balance at the end of year 

                    Year Ended December 31,        
          2005 

           2004 

          2006 

$13,064 
4,625 
(5,093)
1,620 
$14,216 

$11,144  
5,520  
(4,985) 
1,385  
$13,064  

$  8,657  
4,026  
(2,695) 
1,156  
$11,144  

NOTE 5: Corporate Premises and Equipment  

Major classifications of corporate premises and equipment are summarized as follows:  

(Dollars in thousands)   

Land 
Buildings 
Equipment, furniture and fixtures 

Less accumulated depreciation 

64 

                  December 31,        

         2006 

         2005 

$   6,776  
 25,642  
18,641  
51,059  
(17,870) 
$33,189   

$   6,776   
21,764   
16,705   
45,245   
(16,098)  
$ 29,147   

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 6: Time Deposits  

Time deposits are summarized as follows:  

(Dollars in thousands)   

Certificates of deposit, $100 thousand or more 
Other time deposits 

                     December 31,          

            2006 

            2005 

$  95,180
158,945
$254,125

$  72,572 
148,721
$221,293

Remaining maturities on time deposits at December 31, 2006 are as follows (dollars in thousands):  

2007 
2008 
2009  
2010  
2011 
Thereafter 

NOTE 7: Borrowings 

$220,194
18,474
6,612
5,455
2,935
455
$254,125

Short-term borrowings include securities sold under agreements to repurchase, which are secured transactions with 
customers  and  generally  mature  the  day  following  the  day  sold.    Balances  outstanding  under  repurchase 
agreements  were  $5.46  million  on  December  31,  2006  and  $6.53  million  on  December  31,  2005.    Short-term 
borrowings also include a variable-rate, unsecured line of credit with a third-party lender that matures in June 2007.  
The balance outstanding under this line of credit was $7.00 million on December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005.  
Short-term  borrowings  also  include  advances  from  the  FHLB,  which  are  secured  by  a  blanket  floating  lien  on  all 
qualifying real estate loans.  There were no short-term advances from the FHLB outstanding on December 31, 2006 
or December 31, 2005. 

The table below presents selected information on short-term borrowings:  

(Dollars in thousands) 

Balance outstanding at year end 
Maximum balance at any month end during the year 
Average balance for the year 
Weighted average rate for the year 
Weighted average rate on borrowings at year end 
Estimated fair value at year end 

                      December 31,           

        2006 

        2005 

$12,462    
$42,165    
$25,236    
4.80%
4.56%
$12,462    

$  13,529    
$  63,455    
$  20,924    
2.68% 
3.39% 
$  13,529    

Long-term borrowings at December 31, 2006 consist of: advances from the FHLB, which are secured by a blanket 
floating  lien  on  all  qualifying  real  estate  loans;  and  advances  under  a  non-recourse  revolving  bank  line  of  credit 
secured by loans at C&F Finance.  Advances from the FHLB at December 31, 2006 consist of $10.00 million at 3.24% 
and  $5.00  million  at  3.25%,  both  of  which  mature  in  2012  with  a  call  provision  in  2007.    The  interest  rate  on  the 
revolving bank line of credit floats at the one-month LIBOR rate plus 175 basis points, and the outstanding balance 
as  of  December  31,  2006  was  $77.28  million,  which matures in 2010.  C&F Finance’s revolving bank line of credit 
agreement contains covenants regarding C&F Finance’s capital adequacy, credit quality, adequacy of the allowance 
for loan losses and interest expense coverage.  C&F Finance satisfied all such covenants during 2006. 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The contractual maturities of long-term borrowings, excluding call provisions, at December 31, 2006 are as follows: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
2007 
2008 
2009 
2010 
2011 
Thereafter 

       Fixed Rate 

$        --     
--     
--     
--     
--     
15,000     
$15,000     

      Floating Rate 
$         --     
--     
--     
77,284     
--     
 --     
$77,284     

      Total 

$         --   
--   
--   
77,284  
--   
15,000  
$92,284  

The Corporation’s unused lines of credit for future borrowings total approximately $153.10 million at December 31, 
2006, which consists of $116.38 million available from the FHLB, $22.72 million on the revolving bank line of credit 
and $14.00 million under a federal funds agreement with a third party financial institution. 

In  July  2005,  C&F  Financial  Statutory  Trust  I  (the  Trust),  a  wholly-owned  non-operating  subsidiary  of  the 
Corporation,  was  formed  for  the  purpose  of  issuing  trust  preferred  capital  securities  to  partially  fund  the 
Corporation’s purchase of 427,186 shares of its common stock.  On July 21, 2005, the Trust issued $10.00 million of 
trust  preferred  capital  securities  in  a  private  placement  to  an  institutional  investor.    The  Trust  issued  $310,000  in 
common equity to the Corporation in exchange for cash.  The securities mature in September 2035, are redeemable 
at the Corporation’s option beginning after five years, and require quarterly distributions by the Trust to the holder 
of the securities at a fixed rate of 6.07% as to $5.00 million of the securities and at a rate equal to the three-month 
LIBOR rate plus 1.57% as to the remaining $5.00 million, which rate was 6.93% at December 31, 2006.  The fixed rate 
portion of the securities converts to the three-month LIBOR rate plus 1.57% in September 2010.  The principal asset 
of  the  Trust  is  $10.31  million  of  the  Corporation’s  junior  subordinated  debt  securities  or  “trust  preferred  capital 
notes” with like maturities and like interest rates to the trust preferred capital securities.  The interest payments by 
the Corporation on the debt securities will be used by the Trust to pay the quarterly distributions payable by the 
Trust to the holders of the trust preferred capital securities. 

Subject to certain exceptions and limitations, the Corporation may elect from time to time to defer interest payments 
on the junior subordinated debt securities, which would result in a deferral of distribution payments on the related 
capital securities. 

NOTE 8: Earnings Per Share  

The  Corporation  calculates  its  basic  and  diluted  earnings  per  share  (“EPS”)  in  accordance  with  SFAS  No.  128, 
Earnings Per Share.  The components of the Company’s EPS calculations are as follows: 

(Dollars in thousands)   

Net income available to common shareholders 
Weighted average number of common shares used in earnings per 
  common share—basic 
Effect of dilutive securities: 
  Stock-based  awards 
Weighted average number of common shares used in earnings per 
  common share—assuming dilution 

                        December 31,                     
       2005 

       2004 

       2006 

$12,129 

$11,788

$11,198 

3,151,860 

3,375,153

3,567,284 

121,569 

132,759

161,844 

3,273,429 

3,507,912

3,729,128 

Options on approximately 133,000, 157,000 and 79,000 shares were not included in computing diluted earnings per 
common share for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, because they were anti-dilutive. 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 9: Income Taxes  

Principal components of income tax expense as reflected in the consolidated statements of income are as follows:  

(Dollars in thousands)   

Current taxes 
Deferred taxes 

                    Year Ended December 31,         
             2006 
           2005 
$6,400 
(970)
$5,430 

$ 6,296  
(1,115) 
$ 5,181  

$ 6,379  
(1,373) 
$ 5,006  

          2004  

The income tax provision is less than would be obtained by application of the statutory federal corporate tax rate to 
pre-tax accounting income as a result of the following items:  

(Dollars in thousands)   

Income tax computed at federal statutory rates 
Tax effect of exclusion of interest income on 
  obligations of states and political subdivisions 
Reduction of interest expense incurred to carry tax- 
  exempt assets 
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit 
Tax effect of dividends-received deduction on 
  preferred stock 
Tax credits 
Other 

                                      Year Ended December 31,                                   
Percent 
of 
Pre-tax 
Income  
35.0%

Percent 
of 
Pre-tax 
Income  
35.0% 

Percent 
of 
Pre-tax 
Income  
35.0%

         2005 

         2004 

       2006 

$5,671  

$5,939 

$6,146 

(876)

(5.0)   

(888)

(5.2)  

(910) 

(5.6)  

84 
302 

.5    
1.7    

(48)
(98)
(80)
$5,430 

(.3)   
(.6)   
(.4)   
30.9% 

59 
339 

(75)
(74)
(119)
$5,181 

.3   
2.0   

(.5)  
(.4)  
(.7)  
30.5%

41  
347  

.3   
2.1   

(80) 
--    
(63) 
$5,006  

(.5)  
--   
(.4)  
30.9%

Other  assets  include  net deferred income taxes of $5.57 million and $4.56 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, 
respectively.  The tax effects of each type of significant item that gave rise to deferred taxes are:  

(Dollars in thousands)   

Deferred tax asset 
  Allowance for loan losses 
  Deferred compensation 

Interest on nonaccrual loans 

  Other 

  Deferred tax asset 

Deferred tax liability 
  Depreciation 
  Accrued pension 
  Goodwill and other intangible assets 
  Other 
  Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale 

  Deferred tax liability 
  Net deferred tax asset 

                     December 31,        
              2005 

              2006 

$5,409 
1,367 
28 
272 
7,076 

(63)
-- 
(952)
(79)
(412)
(1,506)
$5,570 

$ 4,618 
1,214 
97 
194 
6,123 

(222)
(183)
(643)
(63)
(448)
(1,559)
$ 4,564 

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 10: Employee Benefit Plans  

The Bank maintains a Defined Contribution Profit-Sharing Plan (the Profit-Sharing Plan) sponsored by the Virginia 
Bankers  Association.    The  Profit-Sharing  Plan  includes  a  401(k)  savings  provision  that  authorizes  a  maximum 
voluntary  salary  deferral  of  up  to  95%  of  compensation  (with  a  partial  company  match),  subject  to  statutory 
limitations.  The Profit-Sharing Plan provides for an annual discretionary contribution to the account of each eligible 
employee based in part on the Bank’s profitability for a given year and on each participant’s yearly earnings.  All 
salaried employees who have attained the age of eighteen and have at least three months of service are eligible to 
participate.    Contributions  and  earnings  may  be  invested  in  various  investment  vehicles  offered  through  the 
Virginia  Bankers  Association.    An  employee  is  20%  vested  after  two  years  of  service,  40%  after  three  years,  60% 
after  four  years,  80%  after  five  years  and  fully  vested  after  six  years  in  the  Bank’s  contributions.    The  amounts 
charged to expense under this plan were $564,000, $515,000 and $372,000 in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.  

C&F Mortgage maintains a Defined Contribution 401(k) Savings Plan that authorizes a voluntary salary deferral of 
from  1%  to  100%  of  compensation  (with  a  discretionary  company  match),  subject  to  statutory  limitations.  
Substantially all employees who have attained the age of eighteen are eligible to participate on the first day of the 
next month following employment date.  The plan provides for an annual discretionary contribution to the account 
of each eligible employee based in part on C&F Mortgage’s profitability for a given year, and on each participant’s 
contributions to the plan.  Contributions may be invested in various investment funds offered under the plan.  An 
employee is vested 25% after two years of service, 50% after three years of service, 75% after four years of service, 
and fully vested after five years in the employer’s contributions.  The amounts charged to expense under this plan 
were  $211,000, $101,000 and $455,000 for 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. 

In  2005,  C&F  Finance  adopted  a  Defined  Contribution  Profit-Sharing  Plan  sponsored  by  the  Virginia  Bankers 
Association  with  plan  features  similar  to  the  Profit-Sharing  Plan  of  the  Bank.    The  amounts  charged  to  expense 
under this plan were $99,000 in 2006 and $86,000 in 2005.  In prior years, C&F Finance had a profit sharing plan for 
the  benefit  of  all  eligible  employees.    Eligible  employees  included  all  full  time  employees  that  had  at  least  six 
months of service on the enrollment dates of July 1 or January 1.  Contributions were discretionary.  The allocation 
of the contribution was based upon a percentage of eligible employee salaries.  An employee was 20% vested after 
two years of service, 40% after three years, 60% after four years, 80% after five years and fully vested after six years 
in C&F Finance’s contributions.  The amount charged to expense under this plan was $72,000 in 2004. 

Individual  performance  bonuses  are  awarded  annually  to  certain  members  of  management  under  a  management 
incentive bonus policy adopted by the Bank effective January 1, 1987 and the Management Incentive Plan adopted 
by  the  Corporation  on  February  25,  2005.    The  Corporation’s  Compensation  Committee  recommends  to  the 
Corporation’s board of directors the bonuses to be paid to the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer 
and the Chief Operating Officer of the Corporation, and recommends to the Bank’s board of directors bonuses to be 
paid to certain other senior Bank officers.  In addition, the Chief Executive Officer recommends bonuses to be paid 
to  other  officers  of  the  Bank.    In  determining  the  awards,  performance,  including  the  Corporation’s  growth  rate, 
returns on average assets and equity, and absolute levels of income are considered.  In addition, the Bank’s board 
considers the individual performance of the members of management who may receive awards.  The expense for 
these bonus awards is accrued in the year of performance.  Expenses under these plans were $683,000, $586,000 and 
$392,000 in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.  In accordance with employment agreements for certain senior officers 
of  C&F  Mortgage,  performance  bonuses  of  $1.08  million,  $1.46  million  and  $1.37  million  were  expensed  in  2006, 
2005 and 2004, respectively.  Performance used in determining the awards is directly related to the profitability of 
C&F Mortgage. 

The Corporation has a non-qualified defined contribution plan for certain executives.  The plan allows for elective 
salary and bonus deferrals.  The plan also allows for employer contributions to make up for limitations on covered 
compensation imposed by the Internal Revenue Code with respect to the Bank’s Profit Sharing Plans and to enhance 
retirement  benefits  by  providing  supplemental  contributions  from  time  to  time.    Expenses  under  this  plan  were 
$79,000,  $62,000  and  $58,000  in  2006,  2005  and  2004,  respectively.    Investments  for  this  plan  are  held  in  a  Rabbi 
trust.  These investments are included in other assets and the related liability is included in other liabilities. 

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  Bank  has  a  non-contributory,  defined  benefit  pension  plan  for  full-time  employees  over  twenty-one  years  of 
age.    Benefits  are  generally  based  upon  years  of  service  and  average  compensation  for  the  five  highest-paid 
consecutive  years  of  service.    The  Bank  funds  pension  costs  in  accordance  with  the  funding  provisions  of  the 
Employee Retirement Income Security Act.  The following table summarizes the projected benefit obligations, plan 
assets, funded status and rate assumptions associated with the Bank’s pension plan based upon actuarial valuations 
prepared as of October 1, 2006 and 2005.  

(Dollars in thousands)   

Change in benefit obligation 
  Projected benefit obligation, beginning 
  Service cost 
Interest cost 

Plan Year Ended September 30,  

              2006 

              2005 

$6,029 
752 
345 
(460)
(228)
$6,438 

$4,925 
550 
294 
306 
(46)
$6,029 

  Actuarial (loss) gain 
  Benefits paid 
Projected benefit obligation, ending 
Change in plan assets 
  Fair value of plan assets, beginning 
  Actual return on plan assets 
  Employer contributions(1) 
  Benefits paid 
Fair value of plan assets, ending 
Funded status 
  Unrecognized net actuarial loss 
  Unrecognized net obligation at transition 
  Unrecognized prior service cost 
Prepaid benefit cost 
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income 
  Net loss 
  Net obligation at transition 
  Prior service cost 
Total recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income 
Weighted-average assumptions for benefit obligation as of October 1 
  Discount rate 
  Expected return on plan assets 
  Rate of compensation increase 
(1)  Employer contributions of $1.18 million and $28,000 were made in December 2006 and 2005, respectively, and were based on amounts 

$5,084 
400 
1,182 
(228)
$6,438 
$      -- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
$      -- 

$   932 
(27)
85 
$   990 

$4,549 
553 
28 
(46)
$5,084 
$ (945)
1,409 
(32)
92 
$  524 

N/A 
N/A 
N/A 
N/A 

6.0%
8.5   
4.0   

5.8%
8.5   
4.0   

determined in conjunction with the actuarial valuations prepared as of October 1, 2006 and 2005. 

The  accumulated  benefit  obligation  was  $4.20  million  and  $3.87  million  as  of  the  actuarial  valuation  dates  of 
October 1, 2006 and 2005, respectively. 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)   

Components of net periodic benefit cost 
  Service cost 
Interest cost 

  Expected return on plan assets 
  Amortization of prior service cost 
  Amortization of net obligation at transition 
  Recognized net actuarial loss 
  Net periodic benefit cost 
Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other 

comprehensive income 

  Net loss 
  Net obligation at transition 
  Prior service cost 
Total recognized in other comprehensive income 
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income 

                      Year Ended December 31,        
             2006 
              2004 
           2005 

$  752 
345 
(428)
7 
(5)
45 
716 

932 
(27)
 85 
990 
$1,706 

$ 550 
294 
(346)
7 
(5)
45 
545 

     -- 
-- 
-- 
     -- 
$ 545 

$ 422 
255 
(233)
7 
(6)
36 
481 

     -- 
-- 
-- 
     -- 
$ 481 

The estimated net loss, net obligation at transition and prior service cost that will be amortized from (accreted to) 
accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next year are $16,000, ($5,000) and 
$7,000, respectively. 

Weighted-average assumptions for net periodic benefit cost as of 

October 1 (1) 

  Discount rate 
  Expected return on plan assets 
  Rate of compensation increase 
(1) Net periodic benefit cost for the current year is based on assumptions determined at the 

October 1 valuation date of the prior year. 

5.8%
8.5   
4.0   

6.0%
8.5   
4.0   

6.5%
8.5   
4.0   

The Corporation adopted the recognition provisions of SFAS 158 in its December 31, 2006 financial statements.  The 
following table illustrates the incremental effect of applying SFAS 158 on individual line items in the Corporation’s 
financial statements. 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Prepaid pension 
Deferred income taxes 
Total assets 
Accumulated other comprehensive income 
Total shareholders’ equity 

Before 
Application of 
SFAS 158 
$       990   
     5,224   
 735,112   
        765   
   68,650   

Adjustments 
$(990)   
   346   
   (644)   
   (644)   
   (644)   

After 
Application of 
SFAS 158 
$            -   
      5,570   
  734,468   
         121   
    68,006   

70 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The benefits expected to be paid by the plan in the next ten years are as follows (dollars in thousands): 

2007 
2008 
2009 
2010 
2011 
2012 – 2016 

$      60
75
103
111
146
1,600
$2,095

The  Bank  selects  the  expected  long-term  rate-of-return-on-assets  in  consultation  with  its  investment  advisors  and 
actuary.  This rate is intended to reflect the average rate of earnings expected to be earned on the funds invested or 
to be invested to provide plan benefits.  Historical performance is reviewed, especially with respect to real rates of 
return (net of inflation), for the major asset classes held or anticipated to be held by the trust and for the trust itself.  
Undue  weight  is  not  given  to  recent  experience,  which  may  not  continue  over  the  measurement  period.    Higher 
significance is placed on current forecasts of future long-term economic conditions. 

Because  assets  are  held  in  a  qualified  trust,  anticipated  returns  are  not  reduced  for  taxes.    Further,  solely for this 
purpose,  the  plan  is  assumed  to  continue  in  force  and  not  terminate  during  the  period  during  which  assets  are 
invested.    However,  consideration  is  given  to  the  potential  impact  of  current  and  future  investment  policy,  cash 
flow into and out of the trust, and expenses (both investment and non-investment) typically paid from plan assets 
(to the extent such expenses are not explicitly within periodic costs). 

The  Corporation’s  defined  benefit  plan’s  weighted  average  asset  allocations  as  of  September 30 by asset category 
are as follows: 

Mutual funds-fixed income 
Mutual funds-equity 
Cash and equivalents 

2006 
30% 

  56 
  14 
100% 

2005 
34% 
66 
- 
100% 

The  trust  fund  is  sufficiently  diversified  to  maintain  a  reasonable  level  of  risk  without  imprudently  sacrificing 
return,  with  a  targeted  asset  allocation  of  40%  fixed  income  and  60%  equities.    The  investment  advisor  selects 
investment  fund  managers  with  demonstrated  experience  and  expertise,  and  funds  with  demonstrated  historical 
performance, for the implementation of the plan’s investment strategy.  The investment manager will consider both 
actively and passively managed investment strategies and will allocate funds across the asset classes to develop an 
efficient investment structure. 

It is the responsibility of the trustee to administer the investments of the trust within reasonable costs, being careful 
to avoid sacrificing quality.  These costs include, but are not limited to, management and custodial fees, consulting 
fees, transaction costs and other administrative costs chargeable to the trust. 

NOTE 11: Related Party Transactions 

Loans outstanding to directors and executive officers totaled $1.22 million and $1.23 million at December 31, 2006 
and 2005, respectively.  New advances to directors and officers totaled $483,000 and repayments totaled $489,000 in 
the year ended December 31, 2006.  These loans were made in the ordinary course of business on substantially the 
same  terms  and  conditions,  including  interest  rates  and  collateral,  as  those  prevailing  at  the  same  time  for 
comparable  transactions  with  unrelated  persons,  and,  in  the  opinion  of  management,  do  not  involve  more  than 
normal risk or present other unfavorable features. 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 12: Share-Based Plans 

On  April  20,  2004,  the  Corporation’s  shareholders  approved  the  C&F  Financial  Corporation  2004  Incentive  Stock 
Plan (the 2004 Plan).  Under the 2004 Plan, options to purchase common stock and/or grants of restricted shares of 
common stock may be awarded to certain key employees of the Corporation.  Options are issued to employees at a 
price equal to the fair market value of common stock at the date granted.  Restricted shares are accounted for using 
the  fair  market  value  of  the  Corporation’s  common  stock  on  the  date  the  restricted  shares  are  awarded.    The 
maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued pursuant to awards made under the 2004 Plan is 500,000.  
As  a  result  of  the  accelerated  vesting  of  all unvested options on December 20, 2005 and because no options were 
granted  under  the  2004  Plan  in  2006,  all  options  outstanding  under  the  2004  Plan  on  December  31,  2006  are 
exercisable.  All options expire ten years from the grant date. 

Prior  to  the  approval  of  the  2004  Plan,  the  Corporation  granted  options  to  purchase  common  stock  under  the 
Amended  and  Restated  C&F  Financial  Corporation  1994  Incentive  Stock  Plan  (the  1994  Plan).    The  1994  Plan 
expired  on  April  30,  2004.    The  maximum  aggregate  number  of  shares  that  could  be  issued  pursuant  to  awards 
made under the 1994 Plan was 500,000.  Options were issued to employees at a price equal to the fair market value 
of common stock at the date granted.  As a result of the accelerated vesting of all unvested options on December 20, 
2005, all options outstanding under the 1994 Plan on December 31, 2006 are exercisable.  All options expire ten years 
from the grant date. 

In  1998,  the  Board  of  Directors  authorized  25,000  shares  of  common  stock  for  issuance  under  the  C&F  Financial 
Corporation 1998 Non-Employee Director Stock Compensation Plan (the Director Plan).  In 1999, the Director Plan 
was  amended  to  authorize  a  total  of  150,000  shares  for  issuance.    Under  the  Director  Plan,  options  to  purchase 
common  stock  may  be  awarded  to  non-employee  directors  of  the  Bank.    Options  are  issued  to  non-employee 
directors at a price equal to the fair market value of common stock at the date granted.  As a result of the accelerated 
vesting of all unvested options on December 20, 2005, all options outstanding under the Director Plan on December 
31, 2006, except for those granted in 2006, are exercisable.  All options expire ten years from the grant date.  

In  1999,  the  Board  of  Directors  authorized  25,000  shares  of  common  stock  for  issuance  under  the  C&F  Financial 
Corporation  1999  Regional  Director  Stock  Compensation  Plan  (the  Regional  Director  Plan).    Under  this  plan, 
options to purchase common stock are granted to non-employee regional directors of the Bank.  Options are issued 
to non-employee regional directors at a price equal to the fair market value of common stock at the date granted.  
As  a  result  of  the  accelerated  vesting  of  all unvested options on December 20, 2005 and because no options were 
granted  under  the  Regional  Director  Plan  in  2006,  all  options  outstanding  under  the  Regional  Director  Plan  on 
December 31, 2006 are exercisable.  All options expire ten years from the grant date.  

Stock option transactions under the various plans for the periods indicated were as follows:  

(Dollars in thousands, except for per share amounts)   

Outstanding at beginning of year 
Granted 
Exercised 
Canceled 

Outstanding at end of year 

*Weighted average 

                           2006                           
Intrinsic 
  Exercise 
Value 
    Price* 

   Shares 

                2005               
  Exercise 
    Price* 

   Shares 

                    2004               
  Exercise 
    Price* 

   Shares  

564,067    
13,500    
(32,000)   
(15,400)   

530,167    

$30.65     
39.60     
16.46     
37.13     

$31.54     

$4,511 

473,667   
137,900   
(29,600)  
(17,900)  

564,067   

$27.58     
37.72     
15.35     
29.29     

406,368   
114,800   
(15,033)  
(32,468)  

$30.65     

473,667   

$23.62     
39.04     
15.32     
24.17     

$27.58     

Options exercisable at year-end 
Weighted-average fair value of options granted 

516,667    

$4,509 

564,067   

147,417   

during the year 

$10.10    

$8.96   

$9.72   

The  total  intrinsic  value  of  in-the-money  options  exercised  in  2006  was  $737,000.    Cash  received  from  option 
exercises during 2006 was $527,000.  The Corporation has a policy of issuing new shares to satisfy the exercise of 
stock options. 

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model 
with the following weighted-average assumptions: 

Dividend yield 
Dividend growth rate 
Expected life (years) 
Expected volatility 
Risk-free interest rate 

Year Ended December 31, 
2005 

2004 

3.4% 
8.0 
8 
25.0% 
4.5% 

2.9% 
7.1% 
8  
25.0% 
4.2% 

2006 

2.9% 
5.0 
8 
25.0% 
5.2% 

The  dividend  yield  and  growth  rate  assumptions  are  based  on  the  Corporation’s  history  and  expectation  of 
dividend payouts.  The expected life is based on historical exercise experience.  The expected volatility is based on 
historical volatility.  The risk-free interest rates for periods within the contractual life of the awards are based on the 
U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.  

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2006:  

                        Options Outstanding                      

              Options Exercisable           

Number  

Outstanding at 

Remaining 

December 31, 

Contractual 

Exercise 

2006 

  7,200 

194,017   

250,400   

78,550 

530,167   

Life 

1.0 

4.4 

8.5 

6.9 

6.7 

Price* 

$12.50 

  19.27 

  38.38 

  41.80 

$31.54 

Number 

Exercisable at 

December 31, 

2006 

7,200 

194,017   

236,900   

78,550 

516,667   

Exercise 

Price 

$12.50 

  19.27 

  38.31 

  41.80 

$31.33 

Range of Exercise Prices 

$12.50 

$15.75 to $23.49 

$35.20 to $39.60 

$40.50 to $46.20 

$12.50 to $46.20 

*Weighted average  

As  permitted  under  the  2004  Plan,  the  Corporation  awarded  22,800  shares  of  restricted  stock  to  employees  on 
December 19, 2006.  These restricted shares are subject to a five-year vesting period.  Compensation is accounted for 
using the fair market value of the Corporation’s common stock on the date the restricted shares are awarded, which 
was $39.01 per share for restricted stock issued in 2006.  Compensation expense is charged to income ratably over 
the vesting period. 

NOTE 13: Regulatory Requirements and Restrictions  

The  Corporation  and  the  Bank  are  subject  to  various  regulatory  capital  requirements  administered  by the federal 
banking  agencies.    Failure  to  meet  minimum  capital  requirements  can  initiate  certain  mandatory,  and  possibly 
additional  discretionary,  actions  by  regulators  that,  if  undertaken,  could  have  a  direct  material  effect  on  the 
Corporation’s  and  the  Bank’s  financial  statements.    Under  capital  adequacy  guidelines  and  the  regulatory 
framework  for  prompt  corrective  action,  the  Corporation  and  the  Bank  must  meet  specific  capital  guidelines  that 
involve  quantitative  measures  of  the  Corporation’s  and  the  Bank’s  assets,  liabilities,  and  certain  off-balance-sheet 
items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.  The Corporation’s and the Bank’s capital amounts and 
classification  are  subject  to  qualitative  judgments  by  the  regulators  about  components, risk weightings, and other 
factors.  Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies.  

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Corporation and the Bank 
to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier I capital to risk-weighted 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
assets and of Tier I capital to average assets (all as defined in the regulations).  For both the Corporation and the 
Bank, Tier I capital consists of shareholders’ equity excluding any net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available 
for sale, amounts resulting from the adoption and application of SFAS 158 and goodwill, and total capital consists of 
Tier  I  capital  and  a  portion  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses.    For  the  Corporation  only,  Tier  I  and  total  capital 
include trust preferred securities.  Risk-weighted assets for the Corporation and the Bank were $592.67 million and 
$587.40  million,  respectively,  at  December  31,  2006  and  $533.84  million  and  $528.64  million,  respectively,  at 
December  31,  2005.    Management  believes,  as  of  December  31,  2006,  that  the  Corporation  and  the  Bank  met  all 
capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject. 

As  of  December  31,  2006,  the  most  recent  notification  from  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  (FDIC) 
categorized  the  Bank  as  well  capitalized  under  the  regulatory  framework  for  prompt  corrective  action.    To  be 
categorized  as  well  capitalized,  the  Bank  must  maintain  minimum  total  risk-based,  Tier  I  risk-based  and  Tier  I 
leverage  ratios  as  set  forth  in  the  table  below.    There  are  no  conditions  or  events  since  that  notification  that 
management believes have changed the Bank’s category.  

The Corporation’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following table:  

(Dollars in thousands) 
As of December 31, 2006: 
Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets) 
  Corporation 
  Bank 
Tier I Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets) 
  Corporation 
  Bank 
Tier I Capital (to Average Tangible Assets) 
  Corporation 
  Bank 

As of December 31, 2005 
Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets) 
  Corporation 
  Bank 
Tier I Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets) 
  Corporation 
  Bank 
Tier I Capital (to Average Tangible Assets) 
  Corporation 
  Bank 

             Actual          

Minimum Capital 
       Requirements    

   Minimum To Be 
   Well Capitalized 
   Under Prompt 
   Corrective Action 
       Provisions        

Amount

Ratio   

Amount  Ratio   

Amount

Ratio   

$74,646
76,571

67,161
69,144

67,161
69,144

$65,295
67,144

58,531
60,463

58,531
60,463

12.6%
13.0   

11.3   
11.8   

9.6   
9.9   

12.2%
12.7   

11.0   
11.4   

8.9   
9.3   

$47,413 
46,992 

23,707 
23,496 

28,123 
27,918 

$42,707 
42,291 

21,354 
21,146 

26,270 
26,025 

8.0%
8.0   

4.0   
4.0   

4.0   
4.0   

8.0%
8.0   

4.0   
4.0   

4.0   
4.0   

N/A
$58,740

N/A   
10.0% 

N/A
35,244

N/A
34,897

N/A   
6.0    

N/A   
5.0    

N/A N/A   
10.0% 

$52,864

N/A N/A   
6.0    

31,718

N/A N/A   
5.0    

32,531

The capital ratios presented above for the Corporation include the effect of the Corporation’s purchase of 427,186 
shares of its common stock at $41 per share on July 27, 2005.  On July 21, 2005, the Corporation issued $10.00 million 
of trust preferred securities through  a statutory business trust to partially fund the purchase.  The trust preferred 
securities may be treated as Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital adequacy determination purposes up to 25% of Tier 
1 capital after its inclusion.  Accordingly, the entire $10.00 million of the Corporation’s trust preferred securities is 
included in Tier 1 capital in the Corporation’s capital ratios presented above. 

Federal and state banking regulations place certain restrictions on dividends paid and loans or advances made by 
the Bank to the Corporation.  The total amount of dividends that may be paid at any date is generally limited to the 

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
retained  earnings  of  the  Bank,  and  loans  or  advances  are  limited  to  10  percent  of  the  Bank’s  capital  stock  and 
surplus on a secured basis. 

NOTE 14: Commitments and Financial Instruments with Off-Balance-Sheet Risk 

The Corporation is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to 
meet  the  financing  needs  of  its  customers.    These  financial  instruments  include  commitments  to  extend  credit, 
commitments to sell loans, and standby letters of credit.  These instruments involve elements of credit and interest 
rate risk in excess of the amount on the balance sheet.  The contract amounts of these instruments reflect the extent 
of involvement the Bank has in particular classes of financial instruments.  

The Bank’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for 
commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit written is represented by the contractual amount of these 
instruments.  

The  Bank  uses  the  same  credit  policies  in  making  commitments  and  conditional  obligations  as  it  does  for  on-
balance-sheet instruments.  Collateral is obtained based on management’s credit assessment of the customer.  

Loan commitments are agreements to extend credit to a customer provided that there are no violations of the terms 
of the contract prior to funding.  Commitments have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may 
require payment of a fee by the customer.  Since many of the commitments may expire without being completely 
drawn  upon,  the  total  commitment  amounts  do  not  necessarily  represent  future  cash  requirements.    The  Bank 
evaluates  each  customer’s  creditworthiness  on  a  case-by-case  basis.    The  total  amount  of  loan  commitments  was 
$93.26 million and $97.85 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.  

Standby letters of credit are written conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a 
customer to a third party.  The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved 
in  extending  loans  to  customers.    The  total  contract  amount  of  standby  letters  of  credit,  whose  contract  amounts 
represent credit risk, was $8.79 million and $9.74 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.  

At  December  31,  2006,  C&F  Mortgage  had  rate  lock  commitments  to  originate  mortgage  loans  amounting  to 
approximately  $23.77  million  and  loans  held  for  sale  of  $53.50  million.    C&F  Mortgage  has  entered  into 
corresponding  commitments  with  third  party  investors  to  sell  loans  of  approximately  $77.27  million.    Under  the 
contractual relationship with these investors, C&F Mortgage is obligated to sell the loans only if the loans close.  No 
other  obligation  exists.    As  a  result  of  these  contractual  relationships  with  these  investors,  C&F  Mortgage  is  not 
exposed to losses nor will it realize gains related to its rate lock commitments due to changes in interest rates. 

C&F Mortgage sells substantially all of the residential mortgage loans it originates to third-party investors, some of 
whom require the repurchase of loans in the event of early default or faulty documentation.  Mortgage loans and 
their related servicing rights are sold under agreements that define certain eligibility criteria for the mortgage loans.  
Recourse periods vary from 90 days up to one year and conditions for repurchase vary with the investor.  Risks also 
arise  from  the  possible  inability  of  counterparties  to  meet  the  terms  of  their  contracts.    C&F  Mortgage  has 
procedures in place to evaluate the credit risk of investors and does not expect any counterparty to fail to meet its 
obligations. 

The  Corporation  is  committed  under  noncancelable  operating  leases  for  certain  office  locations.    Rent  expense 
associated with these operating leases was $911,000,  $786,000 and $649,000, for the years ended December 31, 2006, 
2005 and 2004, respectively. 

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Future minimum lease payments due under these leases as of December 31, 2006 are as follows (dollars in thousands):  

2007 
2008 
2009 
2010 
2011 
Thereafter 

$    877 
602
292
196
198
--
$2,165

As  of  December  31,  2006,  the  Corporation  had  $22.63  million  in  deposits  in  financial  institutions  in  excess  of 
amounts insured by the FDIC, the majority of which was on deposit at the FHLB. 

NOTE 15: Fair Market Value of Financial Instruments and Interest Rate Risk  

The estimated fair value amounts have been determined by the Corporation using available market information and 
appropriate  valuation  methodologies.    However,  considerable  judgment  is  required  to  interpret  market  data  to 
develop the estimates of fair value.  Accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the 
amounts  the  Corporation  could  realize  in  a  current  market  exchange.    The  use  of  different  market  assumptions 
and/or estimation methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.  

Cash and short-term investments.  The nature of these instruments and their relatively short maturities provide for 
the reporting of fair value equal to the historical cost.  

Securities.  The fair value of investment securities is based on quoted market prices.  

Loans.  The estimated fair value of the loan portfolio is based on present values using applicable spreads to the U.S. 
Treasury yield curve.  

Loans held for sale.  The fair value of loans held for sale is estimated based on commitments into which individual 
loans will be delivered.  

Deposits and borrowings.  The fair value of all demand deposit accounts is the amount payable at the report date. 
For  all  other  deposits  and  borrowings,  the  fair  value  is  determined  using  the  discounted  cash  flow  method.    The 
discount rate was equal to the rate currently offered on similar products.  

Accrued interest.  The carrying amount of accrued interest approximates fair value. 

Letters of credit.  The estimated fair value of letters of credit is based on estimated fees the Corporation would pay 
to  have  another  entity  assume  its  obligation  under  the  outstanding  arrangements.    These  fees  are  not  considered 
material. 

Unused  portions  of  lines  of  credit.    The  estimated  fair  value  of  unused  portions  of  lines  of  credit  is  based  on 
estimated  fees  the  Corporation  would  pay  to  have  another  entity  assume  its  obligation  under  the  outstanding 
arrangements.  These fees are not considered material. 

76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands) 
Financial assets: 
  Cash and short-term investments 
  Securities 
  Net loans 
  Loans held for sale, net 
  Accrued interest receivable 
Financial liabilities: 
  Demand deposits 
  Time deposits 
  Borrowings 
  Accrued interest payable 
Off-balance-sheet items: 
  Letters of credit 
  Unused portions of lines of credit 

                              December 31,                         
                2006              
              2005              
  Carrying Estimated Carrying Estimated
Amount Fair Value Amount Fair Value

$  28,506
67,584
517,843
53,504
4,432

278,710
254,125
115,056
1,915

8,794
93,263

$  28,506 $  42,878
65,301
465,039
39,677
3,664

67,584
517,000
54,913
4,432

277,310
255,360
113,869
1,915

274,145
221,293
102,314
1,306

$  42,878
65,301
468,458
41,277
3,664

273,157
221,479
100,898
1,306

—
9,744
— 97,853

—
—

The  Corporation  assumes  interest  rate  risk  (the  risk  that  general  interest  rate  levels  will  change)  as  a  result  of  its 
normal operations.  As a result, the fair values of the Corporation’s financial instruments will change when interest 
rate  levels  change  and  that  change  may  be  either  favorable  or  unfavorable  to  the  Corporation.    Management 
attempts  to  match  maturities  of assets and liabilities to the extent believed necessary to manage interest rate risk. 
However,  borrowers  with  fixed  rate  obligations  are  less  likely  to  prepay  in  a  rising  rate  environment  and  more 
likely to prepay in a falling rate environment.  Conversely, depositors who are receiving fixed rates are more likely 
to  withdraw  funds  before  maturity  in  a  rising  rate  environment  and  less  likely  to  do  so  in  a  falling  rate 
environment.  Management monitors rates and maturities of assets and liabilities and attempts to minimize interest 
rate risk by adjusting terms of new loans and deposits and by investing in securities with terms that mitigate the 
Corporation’s overall interest rate risk.  

NOTE 16: Business Segments  

The Corporation operates in a decentralized fashion in three principal business segments:  Retail Banking, Mortgage 
Banking and Consumer Finance.  Revenues from Retail Banking operations consist primarily of interest earned on 
loans  and  investment  securities  and  service  charges  on  deposit  accounts.    Mortgage  Banking  operating  revenues 
consist  principally  of  gains  on  sales  of  loans  in  the  secondary  market,  loan  origination  fee  income  and  interest 
earned on mortgage loans held for sale.  Revenues from Consumer Finance consist primarily of interest earned on 
automobile loans. 

The Corporation’s other segments include: 

• 
• 
• 

an investment company that derives revenues from brokerage services, 
an insurance company that derives revenues from insurance services, and 
a title company that derives revenues from title insurance services. 

The  results  of  these  other  segments  are  not  significant  to  the  Corporation  as  a  whole  and  have  been  included  in 
“Other.” 

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands) 
Revenues: 
Interest income 
Gains on sales of loans 
Other noninterest income 
Total operating income 
Expenses: 
Interest expense 
Salaries and employee benefits 
Other noninterest expenses 
Total operating expenses 
Income before income taxes 
Total assets 
Goodwill 
Capital expenditures 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Revenues: 
Interest income 
Gains on sales of loans 
Other noninterest income 
Total operating income 
Expenses: 
Interest expense 
Salaries and employee benefits 
Other noninterest expenses 
Total operating expenses 
Income before income taxes 
Total assets 
Goodwill 
Capital expenditures 

                         Year Ended December 31, 2006                       

    Retail 
     Banking 

  Mortgage 
  Banking 

Consumer 
Finance 

Other 

Eliminations  

Consolidated  

$    37,743   
—   
5,169   
42,912   

 13,520   
 13,001   
 7,660   
34,181   
$    8,731   
$591,573   
$         —   
$   5,485    

$    2,737  
 17,149  
 3,678  
 23,564  

1,428   
12,137   
6,221   
19,786   
$   3,778   
$ 60,022   
$        —   
$     425    

$  21,384   
—   
539   
21,923   

$    —   
—   
 903  
 903  

$   (3,282)    
(51)    
—   
(3,333)   

$   58,582   
17,098   
10,289   
85,969   

6,849   
3,146   
6,924   
16,919   

—   
668   
141   
809   
$     5,004    $     94   
$ 140,024    $     51   
$   10,724    $     —   
$        207    $       3   

(3,340)   
55    
—   
(3,285)   
$       (48)   
$(57,202)   
$          —   
$          —   

18,457   
29,007   
20,946   
68,410   
$  17,559   
$734,468   
$  10,724   
$    6,120   

             Year Ended December 31, 2005              

    Retail 
     Banking 

  Mortgage 
  Banking 

Consumer 
Finance 

Other 

Eliminations  

Consolidated 

$   30,857   
—   
4,342   
35,199   

8,712   
11,368   
6,995   
27,075   
$    8,124   
$571,091   
$         —   
$  11,830   

$   3,178    
18,193    
3,719    
25,090    

1,532    
13,457    
5,012    
20,001    
$   5,089    
$ 47,574    
$        —    
$      459    

$  17,799   
—   
417   
18,216   

$    —   
—   
912   
912   

$    (3,064)   
1    
—   
(3,063)   

4,880   
2,766   
6,919   
14,565   

—   
568   
185   
753   
$     3,651    $   159   
$ 119,113    $     19   
$   10,724    $     —   
$        172    $     —   

(3,127)   
118    
—   
(3,009)   
$       (54)   
$(65,840)   
$          —   
$          —   

$  48,770   
18,194   
9,390   
76,354   

11,997   
28,277   
19,111   
59,385   
$  16,969   
$671,957   
$  10,724   
$  12,461   

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands) 
Revenues: 
Interest income 
Gains on sales of loans 
Other noninterest income 
Total operating income 
Expenses: 
Interest expense 
Salaries and employee benefits 
Other noninterest expenses 
Total operating expenses 
Income before income taxes 
Total assets 
Goodwill 
Capital expenditures 

             Year Ended December 31, 2004             

    Retail 
     Banking 

  Mortgage 
  Banking 

Consumer 
Finance 

Other 

Eliminations  

Consolidated 

$   25,208   
—   
3,779   
28,987   

5,703   
9,982   
6,006   
21,691   
$    7,296   
$523,035   
$         —   
$    4,029   

$   2,373    
16,572    
3,226    
22,171    

569    
12,624    
4,233    
17,426    
$   4,745    
$ 56,845    
$        —    
$      295    

$  15,113   
—   
71   
15,184   

$    —   
—   
1,038   
1,038   

$    (1,851)   
3    
—   
(1,848)   

3,133   
2,162   
6,123   
11,418   

—   
408   
184   
592   
$     3,766    $   446   
$ 103,654    $     17   
$   10,228    $     —   
$          84    $     —   

(1,856)   
57    
—   
(1,799)   
$       (49)   
$(74,429)   
$          —   
$          —   

$  40,843   
16,575   
8,114   
65,532   

7,549   
25,233   
16,546   
49,328   
$  16,204   
$609,122   
$  10,228   
$    4,408   

The  Retail  Banking  segment  extends  a  warehouse  line  of  credit  to  the  Mortgage  Banking  segment,  providing  the 
funds  needed  to  originate  mortgage  loans.    The  Retail  Banking  segment  charges  the  Mortgage  Banking  segment 
interest  at  the  daily  FHLB  advance  rate  plus  50  basis  points.    The  Retail  Banking  segment  also  provides  the 
Consumer  Finance  segment  with  a  portion  of  the  funds  needed  to  originate  loans  and  charges  the  Consumer 
Finance  segment  interest  at  LIBOR  plus  175  basis  points.    The  Retail  Banking  segment  acquires  certain  lot  and 
permanent  loans,  second  mortgage  loans  and  home  equity  lines  of  credit  from  the  Mortgage  Banking  segment  at 
prices similar to those paid by third-party investors.  These transactions are eliminated to reach consolidated totals.  
Certain  corporate  overhead  costs  incurred  by  the  Retail  Banking  segment  are  not  allocated  to  the  Mortgage 
Banking, Consumer Finance and Other segments. 

NOTE 17: Parent Company Condensed Financial Information  

Financial information for the parent company is as follows:  

(Dollars in thousands)   
Balance Sheets 
Assets 
  Cash 
  Securities available for sale 
  Other assets 

Investments in subsidiary 
  Total assets 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity 
  Short-term borrowings 
  Trust preferred capital notes 
  Other liabilities 
  Shareholders’ equity 

  Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 

                     December 31,         

             2006 

             2005 

$     122 
4,127 
1,343 
79,865 
$85,457 

$  7,000 
10,310 
141 
68,006 
$85,457 

$     247
4,097
1,156
72,000
$77,500

$  7,000
10,310
104
60,086
$77,500

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                    Year Ended December 31,         
            2005 

            2004 

            2006 
$     194 
— 
(1,106)
4,038 
8,681 
518 
(196)
$12,129 

$     306  
27  
(448) 
2,492  
9,354  
227  
(170) 
$11,788  

$     325  
29  
—  
5,590  
5,367  
23  
(136) 
$11,198  

                    Year Ended December 31,         
           2005  
             2004 

           2006 

$12,129  

$11,788 

$11,198  

(8,681) 
97  
(19) 
(187) 
(21) 
3,318  

152  
—  
—  
152  

—  
—  
(518) 
(3,657) 
580  
(3,595) 
(125) 
247  
$    122  

(9,354)
— 
(36)
(100)
(38)
2,260 

1,077 
(185)
(310)
582 

7,000 
10,310 
(17,640)
(3,339)
503 
(3,166)
(324)
571 
$    247 

(5,367) 
—  
(2) 
(246) 
(24) 
5,559  

676  
(462) 
—  
214  

—  
—  
(3,421) 
(3,202) 
258  
(6,365) 
(592) 
1,163  
$    571  

(Dollars in thousands)   
Statements of Income 
Interest income on securities 
Interest income on loans 
Interest expense on borrowings 
Dividends received from bank subsidiary 
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiary 
Other income 
Other expenses 
Net income 

(Dollars in thousands)   
Statements of Cash Flows 
Operating activities: 
Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating 
  activities: 
  Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary 
  Stock-based compensation 
  Net gain on securities 

Increase in other assets 
  Decrease in other liabilities 
  Net cash provided by operating activities 
Investing activities: 
Proceeds from maturities and calls of securities 
Purchase of securities 
Investment in statutory trust 
  Net cash provided by investing activities 
Financing activities: 
Proceeds from borrowing 
Issuance of trust preferred capital notes 
Purchase of common stock 
Cash dividends 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options 
  Net cash used in financing activities 

  Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash at beginning of year 
Cash at end of year 

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 18: Quarterly Condensed Statements of Income—Unaudited 

Dollars in thousands (except per share amounts) 
Total interest income 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses 
Other income 
Other expenses 
Income before income taxes 
Net income 
Earnings per common share—assuming dilution* 
Dividends per common share 

Dollars in thousands (except per share amounts) 
Total interest income 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses 
Other income 
Other expenses 
Income before income taxes 
Net income 
Earnings per common share—assuming dilution* 
Dividends per common share 

    June 30 

                                      2006 Quarter Ended                                
September 30  December 31
$15,276   
 8,740   
 7,330   
 12,125   
 3,945   
 2,765   
.84   
. 31   

March 31 
$13,493    
 8,285    
 5,986    
 10,630    
 3,641    
 2,526    
.77     
.27     

$14,763     
8,793     
7,189     
11,434     
4,548     
3,112     
.95     
.29     

$15,050    
9,682    
6,882    
11,139    
5,425    
3,726    
1.14   
.29   

  June 30 

                                     2005 Quarter Ended                               
   September 30     December 31
$13,097    
7,740    
6,767    
10,589    
3,918    
2,760    
.84    
.27    

   March 31 
$11,092     
7,755     
5,747     
9,740     
3,762     
2,607     
.71     
.24     

$12,968     
8,017     
8,175     
11,286     
4,906     
3,413     
1.01     
.25     

$11,613    
7,741    
6,895    
10,253    
4,383    
3,008    
.82    
.24    

*The total of quarterly EPS amounts differs from EPS for the years ended 
December 31, 2006 and 2005 due to rounding. 

NOTE 19:  Subsequent Event 

On  February  7,  2007,  the  Corporation  purchased  100,000  shares  of  its  common  stock  for  $41.25  per  share.    This 
purchase is not reflected in 2006 results. 

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors 
C&F Financial Corporation 
West Point, Virginia 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of C&F Financial Corporation and Subsidiary as of 

December  31,  2006  and  2005,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  income,  shareholders'  equity,  and  cash 

flows  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2006,  2005  and  2004.    We  also  have  audited  management's  assessment, 

included  in  the  accompanying  Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting,  that  C&F 

Financial Corporation maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based 
on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control—Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 

Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).  C&F Financial Corporation and Subsidiary's management is 

responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for 

its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.    Our  responsibility is to express an 

opinion on these financial statements, an opinion on management's assessment, and an opinion on the effectiveness 

of the Corporation's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. 

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 

(United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about 

whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement  and  whether  effective  internal  control  over 

financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  Our audit of financial statements included examining, 

on  a  test  basis,  evidence  supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements,  assessing  the 

accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  and  evaluating  the  overall  financial 

statement presentation.  Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding 

of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management's assessment, testing and evaluating the design 

and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary 

in the circumstances.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. 

A  corporation's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 

regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in 

accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A corporation's internal control over financial reporting 

includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (1)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail, 

accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the corporation; (2) provide reasonable 

assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance 

82 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  corporation  are  being 

made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  corporation;  and  (3)  provide 

reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use,  or  disposition  of 

the corporation's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect 

misstatements.    Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that 

controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of  compliance  with  the 

policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred  to  above  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the 

financial position of C&F Financial Corporation and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the results of 

their  operations  and  their  cash  flows  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2006,  2005  and  2004  in  conformity  with 

accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of  America.    Also  in  our  opinion,  management’s 

assessment  that  C&F  Financial  Corporation  and  Subsidiary  maintained  effective  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting as of December 31, 2006, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on criteria established in Internal 
Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission 

(COSO).    Furthermore,  in  our  opinion,  C&F  Financial  Corporation  and  Subsidiary  maintained,  in  all  material 

respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in 
Internal  Control—Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway 

Commission (COSO). 

As described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, on December 31, 2006, C&F Financial Corporation 
changed its method of accounting for its pension plan to adopt FASB Statement No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for 
Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans. 

Winchester, Virginia 

February 20, 2007 

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 9. 

CHANGES  IN  AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND  

FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

None. 

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures.  The Corporation, under the supervision and with the participation of the 

Corporation’s management, including the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, has 

evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  Corporation’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  as  of  the  end  of  the  period 

covered by this report.  Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer have 

concluded  that  the  Corporation’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  are  effective  to  ensure  that  information 

required to be disclosed by the Corporation in reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 

1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange 

Commission  rules  and  regulations  and  that  such  information  is  accumulated  and  communicated  to  the 

Corporation’s  management,  including  the  Corporation’s  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  as 

appropriate  to  allow  timely  decisions  regarding  required  disclosure.    Because  of  the  inherent  limitations  in  all 

control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that the Corporation’s disclosure controls 

and procedures will detect or uncover every situation involving the failure of persons within the Corporation or its 

subsidiary to disclose material information otherwise required to be set forth in the Corporation’s periodic reports. 

Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting.    Management  of  the  Corporation  is 

responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  defined  in  Rule 

13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  The Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting is 

designed  to  provide  reasonable assurance to the Corporation’s management and board of directors regarding the 

preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect 

misstatements.    Therefore,  even  those  systems  determined  to  be  effective  can  provide  only  reasonable  assurance 

with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. 

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of 

December  31,  2006.    In  making  this  assessment,  management  used  the  criteria  set  forth  by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control – Integrated Framework.  Based on 

our assessment, we believe that, as of December 31, 2006, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting 

was effective based on those criteria. 

Management’s  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December 

31, 2006 has been audited by Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C., the independent registered public accounting firm who 

also  audited  the  Corporation’s  consolidated  financial  statements  included  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K.  

Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C.’s attestation report on management’s assessment of the Corporation’s internal control 

over financial reporting appears on pages 82 through 83 hereof.   

84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Changes  in  Internal  Controls.    There  were  no  changes  in  the  Corporation’s  internal  control  over  financial 

reporting  during  the  Corporation’s  fourth  quarter  ended  December  31,  2006  that  have  materially  affected,  or  are 

reasonably likely to materially affect, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting. 

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION 

Item 1.01 

Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement. 

On  March  7,  2007,  the  Compensation  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors  approved  the  2007  target 

bonuses  and  performance  goals  for  the  Corporation’s  named  executive  officers  under  the  Corporation’s 

Management Incentive Plan.   

Short-Term Cash Awards.  Depending on the Corporation’s weighted measure of ROE and ROA for 2007 in 

relation  to  a  peer  group  of  Southeastern  and  Virginia-based  banks  selected  by  the  Compensation  Committee,  the  

Chief Executive Officer may earn a short-term cash bonus up to 90.0 percent of his annual base salary as of January 

1, 2007, and the Chief Financial Officer and the Chief Operating Officer may earn a short-term cash bonus up to 70.0 

percent  of  their  annual  base  salaries  as  of  January  1,  2007.    Short-term  cash  awards  for  the  President  of  C&F 

Mortgage are determined in accordance with his employment agreement and are related directly to the profitability 

of C&F Mortgage.    

Equity-Based  Awards.    If  the  Corporation  achieves  a  certain  level  of  five-year  total  shareholder  return  for 

2007 in relation to a peer group of banks selected by the Compensation Committee, the Chief Executive Officer may 

earn an equity-based award of 90.0 percent of his annual base salary as of January 1, 2007, and the Chief Financial 

Officer  and  the  Chief  Operating  Officer  may  earn  an  equity-based  award  of  70.0  percent  of  their  annual  base 

salaries as of January 1, 2007.  Equity awards for the President of C&F Mortgage are based on a recommendation by 

the Chief Executive Officer based on the performance of C&F Mortgage. 

The Corporation’s Management Incentive Plan was attached as Exhibit 10.8 to Form 10-K for 2005. 

85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART III 

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS,  EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

The information with respect to the directors of the Corporation is contained on pages 3 through 4 of the 

2007  Proxy  Statement  under  the  caption,  “Election  of  Directors,”  and  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference.    The 

information regarding the Section 16(a) reporting requirements of the directors and executive officers is contained 

on  page  26  of  the  2007  Proxy  Statement  under  the  caption,  “Section  16(a)  Beneficial  Ownership  Reporting 

Compliance,”  and  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference.    The  information  concerning  executive  officers  of  the 

Corporation  is  included  after  Item  4  of  this  Form  10-K  under  the  caption,  “Executive  Officers  of  the  Registrant.”  

The  Corporation  has  adopted  a  Code  of  Business  Conduct  and  Ethics  that  applies  to its directors, executives and 

employees  including  the  principal  executive  officer,  principal  financial  officer,  principal  accounting  officer  and 

controller.  The Corporation’s Code is attached hereto as Exhibit 14. 

The  board  of  directors  of  the  Corporation  has  a  standing  Audit  Committee,  which  is  comprised  of  three 

directors  who  satisfy  all of the following criteria:  (i)  meet the independence requirements of the NASDAQ Stock 

Market’s  (NASDAQ)  listing  standards,  (ii)  have  not  accepted  directly  or  indirectly  any  consulting,  advisory,  or 

other  compensatory  fee  from  the  Corporation  or  any  of  its  subsidiaries,  (iii)  are  not  an  affiliated  person  of  the 

Corporation  or  any  of  its  subsidiaries  and  (iv)  are  competent  to  read  and  understand  financial  statements.    In 

addition, at least one member of the Audit Committee has past employment experience in finance or accounting or 

comparable  experience  that  results  in  the  individual’s  financial  sophistication.    The  members  of  the  Audit 

Committee are Messrs. J. P. Causey Jr., Barry R. Chernack and William E. O’Connell, Jr.  The board of directors has 

determined  that  the  chairman  of  the  Audit  Committee,  Mr.  Barry  R.  Chernack,  qualifies  as  an  “audit  committee 

financial expert” within the meaning of  applicable regulations of the SEC, promulgated pursuant to the SOX Act.  

Mr. Chernack is independent of management based on the independence requirements set forth in the NASDAQ’s 

listing standards’ definition of “independent director.” 

The Corporation provides an informal process for security holders to send communications to its board of 

directors.    Security  holders  who  wish  to  contact  the  board  of  directors  or  any  of  its  members  may  do  so  by 

addressing their written correspondence to C&F Financial Corporation, Board of Directors, c/o Corporate Secretary, 

P.O. Box 391, West Point, Virginia 23181.  Correspondence directed to an individual board member will be referred, 

unopened, to that member.  Correspondence not directed to a particular board member will be referred, unopened, 

to the Chairman of the Board. 

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The  information  contained  on  pages  9  through  18  of  the  2007  Proxy  Statement  under  the  captions, 

“Compensation  Committee  Interlocks  and  Insider  Participation,”  “Executive  Compensation”  and  “Compensation 

Committee  Report”  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference.    The  information  regarding  director  compensation 

contained  on  pages  7  through  8  of  the  2007  Proxy  Statement  under  the  caption,  “Director  Compensation,”  is 

incorporated herein by reference. 

86 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 12.  SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND  MANAGEMENT  AND 

RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

The information contained on pages 2 through 3 of the 2007 Proxy Statement under the caption, “Security 

Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management,” is incorporated herein by reference.  

The  following  table  sets  forth  information  as  of  December  31,  2006  with  respect  to  compensation  plans 

under which equity securities of the Corporation are authorized for issuance: 

Equity Compensation Plan Information 

Number of securities to 
be issued upon exercise 
of outstanding options 

Weighted-average 
exercise price of 
outstanding options 

(a) 

520,000 

   10,167 

530,167 

(b) 

$31.61 

$27.83 

$31.54 

Number of securities 
remaining available for 
future issuance under 
equity compensation plans 
(excluding securities 
reflected in column (a)) 
(c) 

307,550 (3) 

   13,000 (4) 

320,550 

Plan Category 
Equity compensation plans 
  approved by shareholders (1) 
Equity compensation plan 
  not approved by shareholders (2) 

Total 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

This plan category consists of (1) the C&F Financial Corporation 2004 Incentive Stock Plan (2004 Incentive Plan), (2) the 
Amended and Restated C&F Financial Corporation 1994 Incentive Stock Plan, which expired on April 30, 2004, and (3) 
the C&F Financial Corporation 1998 Non-Employee Director Stock Compensation Plan (Director Plan). 
This plan category consists solely of the C&F Financial Corporation 1999 Regional Director Stock Compensation Plan 
(Regional Director Plan).  The Board of Directors of the Corporation adopted the Regional Director Plan on October 19, 
1999.  This plan will expire on October 18, 2009, unless sooner terminated by the Corporation’s Board of Directors.  The 
Regional  Director  Plan  makes  available  up  to  25,000  shares  of  common  stock  for  awards  to  eligible  members  of  the 
regional boards of the Bank, or any other regional board of the Corporation, the Bank, any other division of the Bank 
or any other affiliate of the Corporation approved for participation in the Regional Director Plan, in the form of stock 
options.    The  purpose  of  the  Regional  Director  Plan  is  to  promote  a  greater  identity  of  interest  between  regional 
directors and the Corporation’s shareholders by increasing the ownership of the regional directors in the Corporation’s 
equity securities through the receipt of awards in the form of options.  All regional directors who are not employees or 
directors  of  the  Corporation,  the  Bank  or  any  other  affiliate  of  the  Corporation  are  eligible  for  awards  under  the 
Regional  Director  Plan.    This  plan  is  administered  by  the  Corporation’s  Compensation  Committee,  which  acts  as  a 
Stock Option Committee. 
Includes  271,300  shares  available  to  be  granted  in  the  form  of  options,  stock  appreciation  rights  or  restricted  stock 
under the 2004 Incentive Plan and 36,250 shares available to be granted in the form of options under the Director Plan. 
Includes 13,000 shares available to be granted in the form of options under the Regional Director Plan. 

87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 13.  CERTAIN  RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR 

INDEPENDENCE 

The information contained on pages 8 through 9 of the 2007 Proxy Statement under the caption, “Interest of 

Management in Certain Transactions,” is incorporated herein by reference.  The information contained on pages 4 

through  5  of  the  2007  Proxy  Statement  under  the  caption,  “Director  Independence,”  is  incorporated  herein  by 

reference. 

ITEM 14. 

 PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

The  information  contained  on  pages  25  through  26  of  the  2007  Proxy  Statement  under  the  captions, 

“Principal Accountant Fees” and “Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policy,” is incorporated herein by reference. 

88 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
PART IV 

ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

 (a)   Exhibits: 

3.1  Articles of Incorporation of C&F Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 

3.1 to Form 10-KSB filed March 29, 1996) 

3.2  Bylaws  of  C&F  Financial  Corporation  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3.2  to  Form  10-

KSB filed March 29, 1996) 

Certain instruments relating to trust preferred securities not being registered have been omitted in 
accordance with Item 601(b)(4)(iii) of Regulation S-K.  The registrant will furnish a copy of any such 
instrument to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its request. 

*10.1  Change in Control Agreement dated December 16, 1997 between C&F Financial Corporation 
and  Larry  G.  Dillon  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10  to  Form  10-K  filed  March  23, 
1998) 

*10.1.1 Amendment  to  Change  in  Control  Agreement  dated  July  23,  2003  between  C&F  Financial 
Corporation  and  Larry  G.  Dillon  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1.1  to  Form  10-Q 
filed November 13, 2003) 

*10.3  Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement dated February 15, 2005 between C&F 
Financial  Corporation  and  Thomas  F.  Cherry  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.3  to 
Form 10-K filed March 3, 2005) 

*10.4  VBA Executive’s Deferred Compensation Plan for C&F Financial Corporation (incorporated 

by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-K filed March 15, 2002) 

*10.4.1 Amendment  to  Adoption  Agreement  for  the  VBA  Executive’s  Deferred  Compensation  Plan 

for C&F Financial Corporation dated as of December 17, 2006 

*10.4.2 Amendment  to  Attachment  to  the  Adoption  Agreement  for  the  VBA  Executive’s  Deferred 

Compensation Plan for C&F Financial Corporation dated as of March 7, 2007 

*10.5  Amended  and  Restated C&F Financial Corporation 1994 Incentive Stock Plan (incorporated 

by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Form S-8 filed May 1, 2000) 

*10.6  C&F  Financial  Corporation  1998  Non-Employee  Director  Stock  Compensation  Plan 

(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Form S-8 filed September 18, 1998) 

*10.7  C&F  Financial  Corporation  1999  Regional  Director  Stock  Compensation  Plan  (incorporated 

by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Form S-8 filed October 22, 1999) 

*10.8  C&F  Financial  Corporation  Management  Incentive  Plan  dated  February  25,  2005,  as 
previously  amended  March  6,  2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Form 10-K 
filed March 9, 2006) 

*10.9  C&F  Financial  Corporation  2004  Incentive  Stock  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 

10.9 to Form 10-Q filed May 6, 2004) 

*10.10  Form  of  C&F  Financial  Corporation  Incentive  Stock  Option  Agreement  (incorporated  by 

reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed December 29, 2004) 

89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
*10.11  Employment  Agreement  dated  April  16,  2002  between  C&F  Mortgage  Corporation  and 

Bryan McKernon, as amended December 19, 2006 

*10.12  Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement dated February 15, 2005 between C&F 
Financial  Corporation  and  Robert  L.  Bryant  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.12  to 
Form 10-K filed March 3, 2005) 

*10.13  Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement dated February 15, 2005 between C&F 
Financial  Corporation  and  Bryan  McKernon  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.13  to 
Form 10-K filed March 3, 2005) 

*10.14  Schedule  of  C&F  Financial  Corporation  Non-Employee  Directors’  Annual  Compensation 

(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Form 10-K filed March 3, 2005) 

*10.15  Base Salaries for Named Executive Officers of C&F Financial Corporation  

*10.16  Form of C&F Financial Corporation Restricted Stock Agreement (incorporated by reference to 

Exhibit 10.16 to Form 8-K filed December 18, 2006) 

 10.19  Loan and Security Agreement by and between Wells Fargo Financial Preferred Capital, Inc. 
and C&F Finance Company dated as of August 1, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.19 to Form 10-Q filed August 5, 2005) 

 10.20  First Amendment to the Loan and Security Agreement by and between Wells Fargo Financial 

Preferred Capital, Inc. and C&F Finance Company dated as of December 1, 2006 

14 

C&F Financial Corporation Code of Business Conduct and Ethics 

21 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant 

23 

Consent of Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C. 

31.1  Certification of CEO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) 

31.2  Certification of CFO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) 

32 

Certification of CEO/CFO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 

*Indicates management contract 

90 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNATURES 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has 

duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized: 

Date:  March 7, 2007 

C&F FINANCIAL CORPORATION 

(Registrant) 

By:  /s/ Larry G. Dillon 
Larry G. Dillon 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by 

the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated: 

/s/ Larry G. Dillon 
Larry G. Dillon, Chairman, President and 
Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

/s/ Thomas F. Cherry 
Thomas F. Cherry, Executive Vice President, 
Chief Financial Officer and Secretary 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

/s/ J. P. Causey Jr. 
J. P. Causey Jr., Director 

/s/ Barry R. Chernack 
Barry R. Chernack, Director 

/s/ James H. Hudson III          
James H. Hudson III, Director 

/s/ Joshua H. Lawson 
Joshua H. Lawson, Director 

/s/ William E. O’Connell Jr.                     
William E. O’Connell Jr., Director 

/s/ Paul C. Robinson 
Paul C. Robinson, Director 

Date:  March 7, 2007 

Date:  March 7, 2007 

Date:  March 7, 2007 

Date:  March 7, 2007 

Date:  March 7, 2007 

Date:  March 7, 2007 

Date:     March 7, 2007 

Date:  March 7, 2007 

91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following  graph  compares  the  yearly  cumulative  total  shareholder  return  on  C&F  Financial 

Corporation’s  (the  Corporation)  common  stock  with  the  yearly  cumulative  total  shareholder  return  on  stocks 

included  in  (1)  the  NASDAQ  Total  Return  Index,  (2)  the  NASDAQ  Bank  Index  and  (3)  the  Peer  Group  Index 

prepared  by  SNL  Financial  LC.    The  graph  assumes  $100  invested  on  December  31,  2001  in  the  Corporation,  the 

NASDAQ Total Return Index, the NASDAQ Bank Index and the Peer Group Index and shows the total return on 

such  an  investment,  assuming  reinvestment  of  dividends  as  of  December  31,  2006.    The  Peer  Group  Index  is  the 

compilation  of  the  total  return  to  shareholders  over  the  past  five  years  of  a  group  of  25  independent  community 

banks located in the southeastern states of Alabama, Florida, Georgia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, 

Virginia and West Virginia.  This index is similar to The Carson Medlin Company’s Independent Bank Index used 

in  previous  years.    The  NASDAQ  Bank  Index  will  replace  the  Peer  Group  Index  in  future  years  because  the 

Corporation’s performance is a reflection of operations in markets beyond the southeastern states. 

There can be no assurance that the Corporation’s stock performance in the future will continue with the same 

or similar trends depicted in the graph below. 

C&F Financial Corporation

Total Return Performance

C&F Financial Corporation

NASDAQ Total Return Index

NASDAQ Bank Index

Peer Group Index

300

250

200

150

100

e
u
l
a
V
x
e
d
n

I

50

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

C&F Financial Corporation
NASDAQ Total Return Index
NASDAQ Bank Index
Peer Group Index

2001
100
100
100
100

2002
127
69
107
125

2003
208
104
142
167

2004
216
113
162
188

2005
206
116
159
191

2006
225
128
181
220

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
7KLV#SDJH#LQWHQWLRQDOO\#OHIW#EODQN1#

#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
7KLV#SDJH#LQWHQWLRQDOO\#OHIW#EODQN1#

Our

V a L u e s

We Believe...

Excellence is the standard for all we do, achieved by encouraging 
and nourishing: respect for others; honest, open communication; 

individual development and satisfaction; a sense of ownership 

and responsibility for the Corporation’s success; participation, 

cooperation, and teamwork; creativity, innovation, and 

initiative; prudent risk-taking; and recognition and rewards 

for achievement.

We must conduct ourselves morally and ethically at all times 

and in all relationships.

We have an obligation to the well-being of all the communities 

we serve.

That our officers and staff are our most important assets, making 

the critical difference in how the Corporation performs; and, 

through their work and effort, separates us from all competitors.

STOCK LISTING
Current market quotations for the 
common stock of C&F Financial 
Corporation are available under the 
symbol CFFI.

STOCK TRANSFER AGENT
American Stock Transfer & Trust 
Company serves as transfer agent for 
the Corporation. You may write them 
at 59 Maiden Lane, Plaza Level, 
New York, NY 10038, telephone 
them toll-free at 1-800-937-5449  
or visit their website at  
http://www.amstock.com.

INVESTOR RELATIONS &
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
C&F Financial Corporation’s 
Annual Report on Form 10-K  
and quarterly reports on Form 
10-Q, as filed with the Securities 
and Exchange Commission, may 
be obtained without charge by 
visiting the Corporation’s website 
at http://www.cffc.com. Copies of 
these documents can also be obtained 
without charge upon written request. 
Requests for this or other financial 
information about C&F Financial 
Corporation should be directed to:

Thomas Cherry

Executive Vice President, CFO & Secretary

C&F Financial Corporation

P.O. Box 391 

West Point, VA 23181

802 Main Street

P.O. Box 391

West Point, VA 23181

(804) 843-2360

www.cffc.com